1999-06-16 Street & Utility ImprovementSPECIFICATIONS FOR
CENTER OAKS
FOURTH ADDITION
STREET ~~TD UTILITY
IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
ALBERTVILLE, MIrfNESOTA
MEYER-ROHLIN, INC.
ENGINEERS AND LAND SURVEYORS
1111 HIGHWAY 25 NORTH
BUFFALO, MINNESOTA 55313
June 16, 1999
Project „~~E~t~~AR!'NALhf7 OF HEALTH
division ~~ Envir~rtmcntal Heath
This is t~ c~rt'i~y tr~~t this is a copy of the
plan r~~~.r;2~ to in a~sprova( fetter on Water
ilT.~rnVFi??~Fr±c: C~8t8f_~a.....__~-~ .. ~^i
«-~.~-.x..,41
I hereby certify that this plan, specification,
or report was prepared by me, or under my direct
supervision and I am a duly Registered
Professional Engineer under the laws of the
State of Minnesota.
=~«
.'aCOLL s. iJan.i.xe, rroxessa.onal Engineer
Reg. No 24348
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
In order for proposals to be entitled to consideration, they must be in accordance with the following
instructions:
A. GENERAL
All proposals shall be submitted on forms furnished by the Engineer. All information, lump sums and unit prices
requested shall be completely filled out by typewriter or in ink. All corporation bids shall bear the official seal of
the corporation. The bid shall be submitted on the unbound proposal forms.
' A proposal may be withdrawn without prejudice to the bidder by written request prior to the hour of the letting.
Proposals so withdrawn may be re-submitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of proposals. The Owner
reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and to waive any informalities and irregularities in the bidding.
B. 4UALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
' All bidders shall submit information necessary to satisfy the Owner that the bidder is adequately prepared to fulfill
the contract. Such information shall include past performance records, lists of available personnel, plants and
equipment, financial statements, or any other pertinent information.
C. PREPARATION_OF PROPOSAL
The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms provided by the Engineer. The blank spaces on the proposal shall
' be filled in correctly for every item for which a quantity is given, and the bidder shall state the prices for which he
proposes to do each item of work.
The bidder's proposal shall be signed correctly in ink. The signature acknowledges that the bidder is providing the
' information required and has received all Addenda to the Specifications.
D. SUBCONTRACTORS
The names and addresses of all subcontractors that the bidder intends to employ on the project shall be listed in the
spaces provided on the proposal form. No other subcontractors shall be used on the project without the written
e approval of the Engineer.
E. BID SECURITY
Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified check cashier's check or bidders bond in the amount of five (5%1 of
the bid, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the proposed contract within the time specified. Should the
bidder whose proposal has been accepted by the Owner refuse, fad or neglect to execute the contract and furnish a
' satisfactory surety bond, it is understood and agreed between the Owner and said accepted bidder that the five (~%)
percent of bid security shall be the amount of the liquidated damages occasioned by such refusal, failure, or neglect;
and that thereupon said Owner shall realize on such bid security and use the proceeds in payment of said damages.
The bid security accompanying rejected bids will be promptly returned to the bidders upon the execution of a
contract or the rejection of bids.
n
CSI
r
n
u
n
n
u
n
C
J
~~
F. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Copies of proposal forms, Plans and Specifications, for use by contractors submitting a bid, may be obtained from
Meyer-Roblin, Inc., 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, MN 55313, on deposit of the sum of Thirty-five Dollars
(535.00). This deposit will not be refundable.
G. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCL7MENTS
Bidders shall satisfy themselves by a personal examination of the site as to all local conditions affecting the
performance of the Contract, such as the structure of the ground, the existence of surface and ground water,
availability of drainage, obstacles which may be encountered, means of approach to the site, and the manner of
delivery and handling of materials.
The bidder, in submitting his proposal, is deemed to accept all conditions as the same as are eventually found to
exist and to waive all claim for extra compensation arising from the encountering of unforeseen difficulties except as
the same are expressly provided for in either the Specifications or the contract. Bidders shall also carefully examine
the Plans and read the Specifications before submitting bids on the work to be done. If any bidder contemplating
submitting a bid for the proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Plans, Specifications,
or other proposed contract documents, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation
thereof. The clarification of the proposed documents will be made only by an addendum duly issued. A copy of
such an addendum will be mailed, faxed, or delivered to each person receiving a copy of the Plans and Specifications
or to such other prospective bidders as have requested that they be furnished with a copy of such an addendum.
All addenda issued to bidders prior to the date of receipt of proposals shall become a part of the contract documents,
and all proposals are to include the work therein described. Each proposal submitted shall list all addenda by
number which have been received prior to the time scheduled for receipt of proposals.
H. ADHERENCE TO SPECIFICATIONS
All work shall be done in strict accordance with the Specifications and Plans and such addenda as may be issued
from time to time by the Engineer. Bidders shall be held strictly to the intent of the Plans and Specifications.
I. RETECTION OF BIDS
The right is reserved to reject any or all bids or to accept such bid, as in the opinion of the Owner will be to the best
interests of the Owner. No bidder may withdraw his bid for at least thirty (30) days after the scheduled closing time
for the receipt of bids.
J. CONDITIONS IN BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
The bidder shall not stipulate in his proposal any conditions not provided for on the proposal form.
K. INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATES
Bidders shall examine to their satisfaction the quantities of work to be done, as determined from the Plans and
Specifications. The Engineer's estimate of quantities as shown on the proposal shall be used as a basis of calculation
upon which the award of contract will be made, but these quantities are not guaranteed to be accurate and are
furnished without any liability on the part of the Owner or Engineer. Bidders must rely on their own calculations
and shall be thoroughly familiar with the contract documents.
2
' L. DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS
All bids shall be placed in a sealed envelope with a statement thereon showing the work covered by the bid and
' addressed to the address stipulated in the Request for Bids. Proposals may be mailed or submitted in person. No
proposals received via facsimile shall be accepted. No bids will be received after the time set for receiving them.
Bids arriving by mail at the office of the Owner after the hour designated for receiving bids will be returned to the
sender unopened. The Engineer will not deliver bids to the place of the bid opening.
' M. REJECTION OF PROPOSALS
Proposals may be rejected if they show any omission, alteration of form, additions not called for, conditional bids
or alternate bids not specified, or irregularities of any kind. Proposals in which the prices are obviously unbalanced
may be rejected.
e
N. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
' More than one proposal for the same project from any individual firm, partnership or corporation under the same
or different names will not be considered. Collusion between the bidders will be considered sufficient cause for the
rejection of all bids so affected.
' Failure on the part of any bidder to carry out previous contracts satisfactorily, or his lack of experience or
equipment necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work, may be deemed sufficient cause for his
disqualification.
O. UNIT PRICES
In case of error in the extension of prices, the unit bid prices shall govern. The Owner reserves the right to waive
any informality in the bids at his discretion.
r
C~
~~
i
0
PROPOSAL FORM
FOR
Center Oaks Fourth Addition
Street and Utility Improvement Project
Albertville, MN
Owner: Center Oaks Partnership, LLC
13736 NE Johnson St
Ham Lake, MN 55304
Engineer: Meyer-Rohlin, Inc.
1111 Highway 25 North
Buffalo, MN 55313
Bid Submitter:
Date:
The undersigned, as bidder, hereby proposes and, if this proposal is accepted, agrees to
furnish bonds as required and to enter into a contract with the Owner to furnish all mater-
ials, labor, skill, tools and equipment for the complete construction of streets and utilities,
including all accessories as called for by the Specifications herewith, as prepared by
Meyer-Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, MN,
55313, acting as and in these contract documents entitled as the Engineer for the
following estimated quantities and unit prices:
BID A -Sanitary Sewer
No.
Item
Qty.
Unit Unit
Price Total
Price
1 8" PVC, SDR35, (0-8'} 1205 LF
2 8" PVC, SDR35, (8+') 10 LF
3 48" Manhole 9 EA
4 Manhole Extra Depth 0.5 VF
5 Sanitary Service Group 33 EA
6 4" PVC Sanitary Service Pipe 1785 LF
7 Insulation, 3" depth, 4' Wide 996 SF
TOTAL BID "A"
BID B -Water Main
No.
Item
Qty.
Unit Unit
Price Total
Price
1 6" C-900 PVC 1568 LF
2 6"-22 1/2° DIP Bend 8 EA
3 6"-11 1/4° DIP Bend 4 EA
4 6"X6"X6" D I P Tee 4 EA
5 6" Gate Valve, Box & Riser 5 EA
6 Hydrant 3 EA
7 Salvage Hydrant and Relocate 1 EA
8 Water Service Group 33 EA
9 1" Copper Water Service Pipe 1785 LF
10 Bacteriological Test 1 EA
TOTAL BID "B"
BID C -Storm Sewer
No.
Item
Qty.
Unit Unit
Price Total
Price
1 24" RCP, CL III, (0-8') 72 LF
2 15" HDPE (0-8') 18 LF
3 24" HDPE (0-8') 54 LF
4 48" Catch Basin (0-5') 4 EA
5 4" Perforated Pipe 400 LF
TOTAL BID "C"
BID D -Streets
No.
Item
Qty.
Unit Unit
Price Total
Price
1 Subgrade Preparation 6724 SY
2 Geotextile Fabric, Type V (Optional) 6724 SY
3 Granular Borrow (CV) 3444 CY
4 Class 5 Gravel Base (CV) 1093 CY
5 Concrete Curb & Gutter -All types 2952 LF
6 Type 31 Bituminous Base Course 13324 SY-IN
7 Type 41 Bituminous Wear Course 7994 SY-IN
8 Remove & Dispose Existing Bituminous 40 SY
9 Remove & Dispose Existing Curb 25 LF
10 Adjust Manhole 9 EA
11 Adjust Gate Valve 2 EA
12 Seed, Mulch & Disk Anchor 5.3 AC
TOTAL BID "D"
BID E -Trail
No.
Item
Qty.
Unit Unit
Price Totaf
Price
1 8' Bituminous Trail 1969 LF
TOTAL BID "E"
TOTAL BIDS "A", "B", "C", "D", "E"
L
L
i
~~
J
ii
L
Subcontractors to be used in the work must be shown below.
Name Address
Name Address
If this proposal is accepted, the bidder agrees to commence work and to complete all work
according to the schedule in the special provisions.
This proposal is submitted after careful study of the plans and specifications and from a personal
knowledge of the conditions, both surface and subsoil, at the various sites, which knowledge was
obtained from the undersigned's own sources of information and not from any official or
employee of the Owner.
The undersigned does declare this proposal is made without improper connection with any
other person or persons making a proposal on this same contract and is in al respects fair and
without collusion or fraud and the undersigned does further declare that no person or persons
acting in any official capacity for the Owner is directly or indirectly interested in the proposal
herein or in the supplies or works to which it relates or in any portion of the profits thereof.
It is understood and agreed that this proposal cannot be withdrawn within thirty (30) days after
the opening of bids without the consent of the Owner and that the Owner has the right to
accept the lowest responsive-responsible bidder or reject any or all proposals.
ADDENDUM RECEIPT
The receipt of the following Addenda to the Specifications is acknowledged.
Addendum No. Date
Addendum No. Date
Legal Name of Person, Firm or Corporation
BY
LI
C
L
ADDRESS
PHONE
n
L
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
PROJECT 98234
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the day of
1999, by and between hereinafter
' called the Contractor, and Center Oaks Partnership, LLC, hereinafter
called the Owner.
WITNESSETH: That the Contractor and the Owner for the considerations
' hereinafter agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 - SCOPE OF WORK
' The Contractor shall furnish all of the material and perform all of
the work shown on the plans and drawings as described in the
' specifications entitled, "CENTER OAKS FOURTH ADDITION, STREET AND
UTILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT", as prepared by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc.,
' Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo,
Minnesota, acting as and in these contract documents entitled
' "Engineer".
ARTICLE 2 - COMPLETION OF WORK
' The Contractor shall complete the work as specified within the
specifications.
' ARTICLE 3 - THE CONTRACT SUM
' The Owner agrees to pay and the Contractor agrees to receive and
accept payment in accordance with the unit prices bid and based upon
' the estimated quantities for the combined estimated sum as set forth
in the accepted Contractors Proposal on file with the Owner, to be
($ ) .
n
I~
I~~
u
ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
', The Contract Documents shall consist of the following component
' parts:
1) The Accepted Proposal
3) Contract Agreement
' S) Supplemental Conditions
7) Excavation and Embankment
' 8) Lawns and Grasses
9) Plan sheets - 98234
2) Instructions to Bidders
4) General Conditions
6) Special Provisions
This Instrument, together with the documents above mentioned, form
the Contract, and they are as fully a part of the Contract as if
hereto attached or herein repeated.
ARTICLE 5 - PAYMENTS
The Contractor shall submit
Engineer, as per specificati~
payment for all materials,
period. The Owner will retain
payment until full completion
monthly requests for payment to the
ins, including lien waivers requesting
and labor expended for the payment
five (50) percent of the amount of the
of the Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
instrument to be executed as of the day and year first above
written.
CENTER OAKS PARTNERSHIP, LLC
BY BY
n
n
n
n
n
n
J
n
~II'
This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or
modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the
Controlling Law.
STANDARD
GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Prepared by
ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE
and
~II Issued and Published Jointly By
~`, National Society of
Professional Engineers
AMERICAN CONSULTING Pro/essionai Engineers in Privy-e Practice AMERICAN SOCIETY OF
ENGINEERS COUNCIL CIVIL ENGINEERS
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE
a practice division of the
NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS
AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS
This document has been approved and endorsed by
.•• ,
The Associated General w~ . • Contractors of America
,~~~
Construction Specifications Institute
~."J) od~.~~„~~~
J rconsrr~~non
`I T hrwlogy
These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements (No. 1910-8-A-1 or 1910-
8-A-2) (1996 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other.
Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC .User's Guide (No. 1910-50). For guidance in the
preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. 1910-17)
(1996 Edition).
EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1996 Edition)
i
0
J
n
J
n
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY .....................................00700 - 6
1.01 Defined Terms .................................................. .00700 - 6
1.02 Terminology .................................................... .00700 - 8
ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................... .00700 - 9
2.01 Delivery of Bonds ................................................ .00700 - 9
2.02 Copies of Documents .............................................. .00700 - 9
2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ......................... .00700 - 9
2.04 Starting the Work ................................................ .00700 - 9
2.05 Before Starting Construction ......................................... .00700 - 9
2.06 Preconstruction Conference .......................................... 00700 - 10
2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ........................................ 00700 - 10
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE .................... 00700 - 10
3.01 Intent ........................................................ 00700 - 10
3.02 Reference Standards .............................................. 00700 - 10
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................... 00700 - 11
3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ........................... 00700 - i l
3.05 Reuse of Documents ............................................... 00700 - 11
ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS .............................................. 00700 - 11
4.01 Availability of Lands ........... .....
........... 00700 - 11
4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ..................................... 00700 - 12
4.03 .Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ................................ 00700 - 12
4.04 Underground Facilities ............................................. 00700 - 13
4.05 Reference Points ................................................. 00700 - 13
4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site ................................ 00700 - 14
ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE ........................................... 00700 - 15
5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ................................. 00700 - 15
5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ........................................ 00700 - 15
5.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................ 00700 - 15
5.04 CONTRACTOR'S Liability Insurance .................................... 00700 - 15
5.05 OWNER'S Liability Insurance ......................................... 00700 - 16
5.06 Property Insurance ............................................... 00700 - 16
5.07 Waiver of Rights ................................................. 00700 - 17
5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .............................. 00700 - 18
5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ........................ 00700 - 18
5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ......................... 00700 - 18
ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ................................... 00700 - 18
6.01 Supervision and Superintendence ....................................... 00700 - 18
6.02 Labor; Working Hours ............................................. 00700 - 19
6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ..................................... 00700 - 19
6.04 Progress Schedule ................................................ 00700 - 19
6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" .......................................... 00700 - 19
6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ............................ 00700 - 20
6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................... 00700 - 21
6.08 Permits ....................................................... 00700 - 21
6.09 Laws and Regulations .............................................. 00700 - 22
6.10 Taxes ........................................................ 00700 - 22
6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas .......................................... 00700 - 22
6.12 Record Documents ................................................ 00700 - 22
6.13 Safety and Protection .............................................. 00700 - 23
b.14 Safety Representative .............................................. 00700 - 23
6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ...................................... 00700 - 23
00700 - 3
6.16 . Emergencies ............................................. 00700 - 23
6.17 ......
Shop Drawings and Samples .... .
6.18 .....................................
Continuing the Work ... .00700 - 23
6.19 ...........................................
CONTRACTOR'S General Warranty and Guarantee .......................
... .00700 - 24
00700 - 25
.
6.20
ARTICLE?- Indemnification .................................................
OTHER WORK . 00700 - 25
.................................................. . 00700-26
7.01
7.02 Related Work at Site ............................
..................
Coordination
.
00700 - 26
ARTICLE 8 - ..........................................
OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 00700 - 26
........................................ 00700 - 26
8.01
8.02 Communications to Contractor ........................................
Replacement of ENGINEER 00700 - 26
8.03 ..........................................
Furnish Data 00700 - 26
8.04 ...................................................
Pay Promptly When Due 00700 - 26
8.05 ............................................
Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests .................................. 00700 - 26
00700 - 26
'
8.06 Insurance
8.07 .....................................................
Change Orders 00700 - 27
8.08 ..................................................
Inspections
Tests
and A
rovals 00700 - 27
8.09 ,
,
pp
......................................
Limitations on OWNER'S Responsibilities ............ 00700 - 27
00700
27
8.10 .....................
Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition -
............................ 00700 - 27
8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ..................... 00700 - 27
ARTICLE 9 - ................
ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ........................... 00700 - 27 '
9.01 OWNER'S Representative ............................ 00700 - 27
9.02 ...............
Visits to Site
9.03 ....................................................
Project Representative ............................................. 00700 - 27
00700 - 27
9.04 Clarifccations and Interpretations 0070
28
9.05 ......................................
Authorized Variations in Work 0 -
9
06 ........................................
Rejectin
Defectiv
W
k 00700 - 28
. g
e
or
............................................ 00700.28
9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments .............................. 00700 - 28
9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work ..................................... 00700 - 28
9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ....... 00700 - 28
9.10
ARTICL ...
Limitations on ENGINEER'S Authority and Responsibilities ...................... 00700 - 28 '
E 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS ......... . ......................... 00700 - 29
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ....................................... 00700 - 29
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ..................................... 00700 - 29
10:03 Execution of Change Orders ........................................... 00700 - 29
10.04 Notification to Surety ................................ 00700 - 29
10.05 ..............
Claims and Disputes
ARTICLE 11 - ...............................................
COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK .............. 00700 - 30
00700 - 30 '
11.01 Cost of the Work ................................................. 00700 - 30
11.02
11.03 Cash Allowances .................................................
Unit Price Work ................................................. 00700 - 32
00700 - 32
'
ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ............. 00700 - 33
12.01 Change of Contract Price ........................................... 00700 - 33
12.02 Change of Contract Times ........................................... 00700 - 33
12.03
Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR'S Control .................................
00700 - 33 '
12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR'S Control .................................. 00700 - 34
12.05
12.06 Delcrys Beyond OWNER'S and CONTRACTOR'S Control ........................
Delay Damages .................................................. 00700 - 34
00700 - 34
ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................... 00700-34
13.01 Notice of Defects ................................................ 00700 - 34 ,
13.02 Access to Work .................................................. 00700 - 34
13.03 Tests and Inspections .............................................. 00700 - 34
13.04 Uncovering Work ................................................. 00700 - 35
13.05
OWNER May Stop the Work ..........................................
00700 - 35 '
13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................................. 00700 - 35
0070 - 4
13.07 Correction Period ................................................ 00700 - 35
13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work .........................................00700 - 36
13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ....................................00700 - 36
ARTICLE 14 -PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ........................00700 - 36
..14.01 Schedule of Values ................................................00700 - 36
14.02 Progress Payments ................................................00700 - 37
14.03 CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of Title .....................................00700 - 38
14.04 Substantial Completion .............................................00700 - 38
14.05 Partial Utilization ................................................00700 - 39
14.06 Final Inspection .................................................00700 - 39
14.07 Final Payment ..................................................00700 - 39
14.08 Final Completion Delayed ............................................00700 - 40
14.09 Waiver of Claims ................................................. 00700 - 40
ARTICLE 15 -SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ............................ 00700 - 40
15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work .......................................... 00700 - 40
15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause ...................................... 00700 - 40
15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience ................................. 00700 - 41
15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate ...............................00700 - 41
ARTICLE 16 -DISPUTE RESOLUTION ............................... .00700 - 41
16.01 Methods and Procedures ............................................ 00700 - 41
ARTICLE 17 -MISCELLANEOUS ................................................00700 - 42
17.01 Giving Notice ............. ....................................00700 - 42
17.02 Computarion of Times ..............................................00700 - 42
17.03 Cumulative Remedies ..............................................00700 - 42
17.04 Survival of Obligations .............................................00700 - 42
17.05 Controlling Law .................................................00700 - 42
00700 - 5
n
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and
printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed
below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable
to both the singular and plural thereof.
1. Addenda--Written or graphic instruments issued
prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or
change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract
Documents.
2. Agreement--The written instrument which is
evidence of the agreement between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR covering the Work.
3. Application for Payment--The form acceptable to
ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR
during the course of the Work in requesting progress or
fmal payments and which is to be accompanied by such
supporting documentation as is required by the Contract
Documents.
4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more than
one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos
fibers into the air above current action levels established
by the United States Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.
5. Bid--The offer or proposal of a bidder submitted
on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the
Work to be performed.
6. Bidding Documents--The Bidding Requirements
and the proposed Contract Documents (including all
Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
7. Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or
Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security
form, if any, and the Bid form with any supplements.
8. Bonds--Performance and payment bonds and
other instruments of security.
9. Change Order--A document recommended by
ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and
OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision
in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the
00700 - b
Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of
the Agreement.
10. Claim--A demand or assertion by OWNER or
CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract Price
or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to
the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or
services by a third party is not a Claim.
11. Contract--The entire and integrated written
agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR
concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior
negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether
written or oral.
12. Contract Documents--The Contract Documents
establish the rights and obligations of the parties and
include the Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the
Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR'S Bid (including
documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid
documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award)
when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice
to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the
Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the
Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in
the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments,
Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders,
and. ENGINEER'S written interpretations and
clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement. Approved Shop Drawings and the reports
and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are
not Contract Documents. Only printed or hard copies of
the items listed in this paragraph are Contract Documents.
Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics,
and the like that may be furnished by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR are not Contract Documents.
13. Contract Price--The moneys payable by OWNER
to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the
Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03
in the case of Unit Price Work).
14. Contract Times--The number of days or the dates
stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Substantial
Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready
for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER'S written
recommendation of fmal payment.
15. CONTRACTOR--The individual or entity with
whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement.
0
u
i
J
l
l
fl
I~
CI
r
n
7
_i
C
u
L
u
16. Cost of the Work--See paragraph 11.O1.A for
defmition.
17. Drawings--That part of the Contract Documents
prepared or approved by ENGINEER which graphically
shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be
performed by CONTRACTOR. Shop Drawings and
other CONTRACTOR submittals are not Drawings as so
defined.
18. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date
indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective,
but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on
which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last
of the two parties to sign and deliver.
19. ENGINEER--The individual or entity named as
such in the Agreement.
20. ENGINEER'S Consultant--An individual or entity
having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as
ENGINEER'S independent professional associate or
consultant with respect to the Project and who is
identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions.
21. Field Order--A written order issued by ENGI-
NEER which requires minor changes in the Work but
which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or
the Contract Times.
22. General Requirements--Sections of Division 1 of
the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to
all sections of the Specifications.
23. Hazardous Environmental Condition--The
presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such
quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial
danger to persons or property exposed thereto in
connection with the Work.
24. Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous Waste
shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the
Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as
amended from time to time.
25. Laws and Regulations; Laws orRegulations--Any
and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances,
codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies,
agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction.
26. Liens--Charges, security interests, or
encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or
personal property.
27. Milestone--A principal event specified in the
Contract Documents relating to an intermediate comple-
tion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the
Work.
28. Nonce of Award--The written notice by OWNER
to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon timely
compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the
conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER will sign and
deliver the Agreement.
29. Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the
Contract Times will commence to run and on -which
CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under
the Contract Documents.
30. OWNER--The individual, entity, public body, or
authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into
the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be
performed.
31. Partial Utilization--Use by OWNER of a substan-
tially completed part of the Work for the purpose for
which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to
Substantial Completion of all the Work.
32. PCBs--Polychlorinated biphenyls.
33. Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude oil or any
fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of
temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7
pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum,
fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene,. and oil
mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils.
34. Project--The total construction of which the
Work to be performed under the Contract Documents
may be the whole, or a part as may be indicated
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
35. Project Manual--The bound documentary
information prepared for bidding and constructing the
Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual,
which may be bound in one or more volumes, is
contained in the table(s) of contents.
36. Radioactive Material--Source, special nuclear, or
byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act
of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from
time to time.
37. Resident Project Representative--The authorized
representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the
Site or any part thereof.
' 00700 - 7
7
38. Samples--Physical examples of materials,
equipment, or workmanship that are representative of
some portion of the Work and which establish the
standards by which such portion of the Work will be
judged.
steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other
communications, cable television, water, wastewater,
storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or
other control systems.
'J
u
39. Shop Drawings--All drawings, diagrams, illustra-
tions, schedules, and other data or information which are
specifically prepared or assembled by or for CON-
TRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to
illustrate some portion of the Work.
40. Site--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract
Documents as being furnished by OWNER upon which
the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and
easements for access thereto, and such other lands
furnished by OWNER which are designated for the use of
CONTRACTOR.
41. Specifications--That part of the Contract
Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, systems, standards, and
workmanship as applied to the Work and certain
administrative details applicable thereto.
42. Subcontractor--An individual or entity having a
direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other
Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work
at the Site.
43. Substantial Completion--The time at which the
Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the
point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work (or
a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in
accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the
Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the
purposes for which it is intended. The terms
"substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as
applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial
Completion thereof.
44. Supplementary Conditions--That part of the
Contract Documents which amends or supplements these
General Conditions.
45. Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier,
distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct
contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor
to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in
the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor.
46.. Underground Facilities--All underground
pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes,
vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or
attachments, and any ,encasements containing such
facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases,
00700 - 8
47. Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the
basis of unit prices.
48. Work--The entire completed construction or the
various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be
provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes
and is the result of performing or providing all labor,
services, and documentation necessary to produce such
construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating
all materials and equipment into such construction, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
49. Work Change Directive--A written statement to
CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of
the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended
by ENGINEER ordering an addition, deletion, or revision
in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen
subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work
is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change
Directive will not change the Contract Price or the
Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that
the change ordered or documented by a Work Change
Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to
its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract
Times.
50. Written Amendment--A written statement
modifying the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER
and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering
or nontechnical rather than strictly construction-related
aspects of the Contract Documents.
1.02 Terminology
A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives
1. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms
"as allowed," "as approved," or terms of like effect or
import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable,"
"suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or
adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an
action or determination of ENGiVEER as to the Work, it
is intended that such action or determination will be solely
to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for
compliance with the requirements of and information in
the Contract Documents and conformance with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole
as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless
there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The
'~
1
D
D
L
i~
0
n
~~
i
use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to
assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise
or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the
provisions of paragraph 9.10 or any other provision of the
Contract Documents.
' B. Day
0
ii
n
0
0
ii
u
7
1. The word "day" shall constitute a calendar day
of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
C. Defective
1. The word "defective," when modifying the word
"Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or
deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract
Documents or does not meet the requirements of any
inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred
to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior
to ENGINEER'S recommendation of fmal payment
(unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been
assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accor-
dance with paragraph 14.04 or 14.05).
D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide
1. The word "furnish," when used in connection
with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to
supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment
to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use
or installation and in usable or operable condition.
2. The word "install," when used in connection
with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put
into use or place in fmal position said services, materials,
or equipment complete and ready for intended use.
3. The words "perform" or "provide, " when used
in connection with services, materials, or equipment,
shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials,
or equipment complete and ready for intended use.
4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "pro-
vide" is not used in connection with services, materials,
or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation
of CONTRACTOR, "provide" is implied.
E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents,
words or phrases which have awell-known technical or
construction industry or trade meaning are used in the
Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized
meaning.
ARTICLE 2 -PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.01 Delivery of Bonds
A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed
Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver
to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required
to furnish.
2.02 Copies of Documents
A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten
copies of the Contract Documents. Additional copies will be
furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.
2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed
A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the
thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if
a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the
Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any
time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence
to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening
or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement,
~ whichever date is earlier.
2.04 Starting the Work
A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on
the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No
Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the
Contract Times commence to run.
2.05 Before Starting Construction
A. CONTRACTOR'S Review of Contract Documents:
Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR
shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents
and check and verify pertinent f ~~ures therein and all
applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall
promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error,
ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR .may
discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any
Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not
be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any
conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably
should have known thereof.
B. Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the
Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified
' 00700 - 9
in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit
to ENGINEER for its timely review:
1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the
times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and
completing the various stages of the Work, including any
Milestones specified in the Contract Documents;
2. a preliminary 'schedule of Shop Drawing and
Sample submittals which will list each required submittal
and the times for submitting, reviewing, and processing
such submittal; and
1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to
ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of the
Work to completion within any specified Milestones and
the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on
ENGINEER responsibility for the progress schedule, for
sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor
interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from
CONTRACTOR'S full responsibility therefor.
2. CONTRACTOR'S schedule of Shop Drawing and
Sample submittals will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it
provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and
processing the required submittals.
7
u
ii
ii
3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the
Work which includes quantities and prices of items which
when added together equal the Contract Price and subdi-
vides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail
to serve as the basis for progress payments during
performance of the Work. Such prices will include an
appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to
each item of Work.
C. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site
is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver
to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified
in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance
(and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any
additional insured may reasonably request) which
CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to
purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5.
2.06 Preconstruction Conference
A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to run,
but before any Work at the Site is started, a conference
attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as
appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding
among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules
referred to in paragraph 2.OS.B, procedures for handling
Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications
for Payment, and maintaining required records.
2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules
A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, at least ten days before submission of the first
Application for Payment a conference attended by CON-
TRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be
held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided
below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph
2.OS.B. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to
make corrections and adjustments and to complete and
resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made
to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted
to ENGINEER.
3. CONTRACTOR'S schedule of values will be
acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance if it
provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to
component parts of the Work.
ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,
AMENDING, REUSE
3.01 Intent
A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what
is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all.
B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe
a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment
that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Docu-
ments or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being
required to produce the intended result will be provided
whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to
OWNER.
C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in
Article 9.
3.02 Reference Standards
A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and
Regulations
1. Reference to sandards, specificatians, manuals,
or codes of any technical society, organization, or
association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such
reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the
standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regula-
tions in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the
Effective Date of tl'~e Agreement if there were no Bids},
00700 - 10
0
u
ii
n
C
C
C
u
ii
1I
t except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents
Contract Documents.
n
n
2. No provision of any such standard, specification,
manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be
effective to change the duties or responsibilities of
OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or ENGINEER, or any of
their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees
from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall
any such provision or instruction be effective to assign to
OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's
Consultants, agents, or employees any duty or authority
to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any
duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent
with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide
for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to
modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the
following ways: (i) a Written Amendment; (ii) a Change
Order; or (iii) a Work Change Directive.
B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be
supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the
Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following
ways: (i) a Field Order; (ii) ENGINEER'S approval of a
Shop Drawing or Sample; or (iii) ENGINEER'S written
interpretation or clarification.
L
u
n
n
L
n
n
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
A. Reporting Discrepancies
1. If, during the performance of the Work,
CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiQUity,
or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between
the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or
Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or
of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any
instruction of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report
it to ENGINEER in writing at once. CONTRACTOR
shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except
in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16. A) until
an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents
has been issued by one of the methods indicated in
paragraph 3.04; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR
shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure
to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity, or dis-
crepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably
should have known thereof.
B. Resolving Discrepancies
1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in
the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract
Documents shall take precedence in resolving any
conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the
provisions of the Contract Documents and:
a. the provisions of any standard, specification,
manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifi-
cally incorporated by reference in the Contract
Documents); or
b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations
applicable to the performance of the Work (unless
such an interpretation of the provisions of the
Contract Documents would result in violation of such
Law or Regulation).
3.05 Reuse of Documents
A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier
or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of
the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER:
(i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights
in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents
(or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of
ENGINEER or ENGINEER'S Consultant, including
electronic media editions; and (ii) shall not reuse any of such
Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof
on extensions of the Project or any other project without
written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific
written verification or adaption by ENGINEER. This
prohibition will survive fmal payment, completion, and
acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of the
Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude CONTRACTOR
from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record
purposes.
ARTICLE 4 -AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS
4.01 Availability of Lands
A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall notify
CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions not of
general application but specifically related to use of the Site
with which CONTRACTOR must comply in performing the
Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely manner and pay for
easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in
existing facilities. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are
unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent,
if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times, or both, as a result of any delay in OWNER'S
furnishing the Site, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim
therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
t 00700 - 11
B. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall
furnish CONTRACTOR with a current statement of record
legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the
Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as
necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or
construction lien against such lands in accordance with
applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands
and access thereto that may be required for temporary
construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary
Conditions identify:
4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsur-
face or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is
uncovered or revealed either:
1. is of such a nature as to establish that any
"technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to
rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 is materially
inaccurate; or
2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the
Contract Documents; or
3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in
the Contract Documents;. or
1. those reports of explorations and tests of
subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that
ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Docu-
ments; and
2. those drawings of physical conditions in or
relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or
contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that
ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract
Documents.
B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical
Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the
general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such
reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not
Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in
the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on
such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or
make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of
ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings
for CONTRACTOR'S purposes, including, but not
limited to, any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to
be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions
and programs incident thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and
information contained in such reports or shown or
indicated in such drawings; or
3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or
conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such
other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.
00700 - 12
4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially
from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally
recognized as inherent in work of the character provided
for in the Contract Documents;
then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware
thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or
physical conditions or performing any Work in connection
therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph
6.16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about
such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb
such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith
(except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so.
B. ENGINEER'S Review: After receipt of written notice
as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER will promptly
review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of
OWNER'S obtaining additional exploration or tests with
respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy
to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER'S findings and
conclusions.
C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments
1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or
both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the
existence of such differing subsurface or physical
condition causes an increase or decrease in
CONTRACTOR'S cost of, or time required for, perfor-
mance of the Work; subject, however, to the following:
a. such condition must meet any one or more of
the categories described in paragraph 4.03.A; and
b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a
Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price
will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.08
and 11.03.
n
0
u
fl
n
7
u
u
u
i
i~
0
u
n
r
r
is
n
i
n
0
2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any
adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if:
a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of
such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a
fmal commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract
Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid
or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or
b, the existence of such condition could
reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a
result of any examination, investigation, exploration,
test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas
required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract
Documents to be conducted by or for CON-
TRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such
final commitment; or
c. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written
notice within the time and as required by paragraph
4.03.A.
3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to
agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any,
of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as
provided in paragraph 10.05. .However, OWNER,
ENGINEER, and ENGINEER'S Consultants shall not be
liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses, or
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges
of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals
and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution
costs) sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection
with any other project or anticipated project.
4.04 Underground Facilities
A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown
or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to
existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site
is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or
ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities,
including OWNER, or by others. Unless it is otherwise
expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions:
1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be
responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such
information or data; and
2. the cost of all of the following will be included in
the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR shall have full
responsibility for:
a. reviewing and checking all such information
and data,
b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or
indicated in the Contract Documents,
c. coordination of the Work with the owners of
such Underground Facilities, including OWNER,
during construction, and
d. the safety and protection of all such Under-
ground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto
resulting from the Work.
B. Not Shown or Indicated
1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or
revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown
or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable
accuracy in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR
shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before
further disturbing conditions affected thereby or
performing any Work in connection therewith (except in
an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), identify
the owner of such Underground Facility and give written
notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER.
ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground
Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a
change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect
and document the consequences of the existence or
location of the Underground Facility. During such time,
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and
protection of such Underground Facility.
2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the
Contract Documents is required, a Work Change
Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and
document such consequences. An equitable adjustment
shall be made in the Contract Price of Contract Times, or
both, to the extent that they are attributable to the
existence or location of any Underground Facility that
was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated
with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and
that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not
reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have
anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable
to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if
any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract
Times, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim
therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
4.05 Reference Points
A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to
establish reference points for construction which in
ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CON-
TRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR
shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and
preserve the established reference points and property
' 00700 - 13
i
monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations
without the prior written approval of OWNER.
CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any
reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or
requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or
locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate
replacement or relocation of such reference points. or
property monuments by professionally qualified personnel.
4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the
Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those
reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental
Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized
by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract
Documents.
B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical
Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the
general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such
reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not
Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in
the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on
such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or
make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of
ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings
for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not
limited to, any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to
be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions
and programs incident thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions and
information contained in such reports or shown or
indicated in such drawings; or
Environmental Condition, CONTRACTOR shall immedi-
ately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop
all Work in connection with such condition and in any area
affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by
paragraph 6.16); and (iii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER
{and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing).
OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concerning
the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to
evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any.
E. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume
Work in connection with such condition or in any affected
area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits
related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written
notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected
area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work;
or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such
Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and
CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the
amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price
or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stop-
page or such special conditions under which Work is agreed
to be resumed by CONTRACTOR, either party may make a
Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
F. If after receipt of such written notice
CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based
on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to
resume such Work under such special conditions, then
OWNER may order the portion of the Work that is in the
area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work.
If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to
entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an
adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of
deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may
make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work
performed by OWNER's own forces or others in accordance
with Article 7.
n
0
u
ii
u
u
ii
n
3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or
conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such
other data, interpretations, opinions or information.
C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any
Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed
at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or
Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be
within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created
with any materials brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR,
Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CON-
TRACTOR is responsible.
D. If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous
Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone for
whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a Hazardous
G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER,
ENGINEER'S Consultants and the officers, directors,
partners, employees; agents, other consultants, and
subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all
claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited
to all fees and charges of engineers, architecu, attorneys, and
other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a
Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such
Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or
indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in
the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of
the Work, and (ii) was not created by CONTRACTOR or by
anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing
00700 - 14
~,~
i~
L
C
u
in this paragraph 4.06.E shall obligate OWNER to indemnify
any individual or entity from and against the consequences of
that individual's or entity's own negligence.
H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants,
and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other
consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from
and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including
but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or
relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by
CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is
responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.F shall obligate
CONTRACTOR to indemnify any individual or entity from
and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's
own negligence.
I. The provisions of paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04
are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental
Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.
ARTICLE 5 -BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds
A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and
payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and
payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the
Contract Documents.
least until one year
These Bonds shall remain in effect at
after the date when final payment
becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or
Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR
shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the
Contract Documents.
B. All Bonds shall be ~in the form prescribed by the
Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws
or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are
named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates
of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular
570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety
Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All Bonds
signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy
of such agent's authority to act.
C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CON-
TRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its
right to do business is terminated in any state where any part
of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements
of paragraph S.O1.B, CONTRACTOR shall within 20 days
thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which
shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs S.O1.B and
5.02.
5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers
A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract
Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or
CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance
companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the
jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or
insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required.
Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such
additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided
in the Supplementary Conditions.
5.03 Certificates of Insurance
A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with
copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple-
mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other
evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other
additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to
purchase and maintain. OWNER shall deliver to
CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of
insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by
CONTRACTOR or any other additional insured) which
OWNER is required to purchase and maintain.
5.04 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance
A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such
liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work
being performed and as will provide protection from claims
set forth below which may arise out of or result from
CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work and
CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract
Documents, whether it is to be performed, by
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to
perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any
of them may be liable:
1. claims under workers' compensation, disability
benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts;
2. claims for damages because of bodily injury,
occupational sickness or disease, or death of
CONTRACTOR'S employees;
3. claims for damages because of bodily injury,
sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
CONTRACTOR'S employees;
t 00700 - 15
ii
4. claims for damages insured by reasonably
available personal injury liability coverage which are sus-
tained: (i) by any person as a result of an offense directly
or indirectly related to the employment of such person by
CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for any
other reason;
5. claims for damages, other than to the Work
itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use resulting
therefrom; and
correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in
accordance with paragraph 13.07; and
7. with respect to completed operations insurance,
and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made
basis, remain in effect for at least two years after fmal
payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and
each other additional insured identified in the Supple-
mentary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance
has been issued, evidence satisfactory to OWNER and
any such additional insured of continuation of such
insurance at fmal payment and one year thereafter).
0
u
r
6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or
death of any person or property damage arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.
B. The policies of insurance so required by this
paragraph 5.04 to be purchased and maintained shall:
1. ~ with respect to insurance required by paragraphs
5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as
additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in
respect of professional liability) OWNER, ENGINEER,
ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or
entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of
whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include
coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners,
employees, agents, and other consultants and
subcontractors of each and any of all such additional
insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional
insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims
covered thereby;
2. include at least the specific coverages and be
written for not less than the limits of liability provided in
the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or
Regulations, whichever is greater;
3. include completed operations insurance;
4. include contractual liability insurance covering
CONTRACTOR'S indemnity obligations under para-
graphs 6.07, 6.11, and 6.20;
5. contain a provision or endorsement that the
coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially
changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior
written notice has been given to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a
certificate cf insurance has been issued (and the
certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR
pursuant to paragraph 5.03 will so provide);
6. remain in effect at least until fmal payment and
at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be
00700 - 16
5.05 OWNER's Liability Insurance
A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided
by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.04, OWNER, at
OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's
expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect
OWNER against claims which may arise from operations
under the Contract Documents.
5.06 Property Insurance
A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property
insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full
replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts
as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or
required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall:
1. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRAC-
TOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S
Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identi-
fied in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers,
directors, partners, employees, agents, and other
consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them,
each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and
shall be listed as an additional insured;
2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open
peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at
least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the
Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and
equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the
following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning,
extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious
mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal,
demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and
Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or
causes of loss as may be specifically required by the
Supplementary Conditions;
3. include expenses incurred in the repair or
replacement of any insured property (including but not
limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects);
n
0
~l
~1
n
C
f
r
C~~
i
0
u
4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site
or at another location that was agreed to in writing by
OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work,
provided that such materials and equipment have been
included in an Application for Payment recommended by
ENGINEER;
5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by
OWNER;
6. include testing and startup; and
7. be maintained in effect until final payment is
made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER,
CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER with 30 days written
notice to each other additional insured to whom a certifi-
cate of insurance has been issued.
B. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and
machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may
be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and
Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER,
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER,
ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or
entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of
whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be
listed as an insured or additional insured.
C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or
other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and
maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a
provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not
be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at
least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER
and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to
whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will
contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07.
D. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and
maintaining any property insurance specified in this
paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR,
Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any
deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary
Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible
amount will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors,
or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes
property insurance coverage within the limits of such
amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the
purchaser's own expense.
E. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other
special insurance be included in the property insurance
policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if
possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be
charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or
Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work
at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR
whether or not such other insurance has been procured by
OWNER.
5.07 Waiver of Rights
A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies
purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will protect
OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER,
ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or
entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be
listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers,
directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants
and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies
and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages
caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All
such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the
event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will
have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or
additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRAC-
TOR waive all rights against each other and their respective
officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other
consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for
all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting
from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such
policies and any other property insurance applicable to the
Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against
Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and
all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplemen-
tary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds
(and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and
other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them)
under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None
of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party
making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance
held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any
policy so issued.
B. OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR,
Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and
the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other
consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for:
1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or
other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical
loss or damage to OWNER'S property or the Work
caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other
peril whether or not insured by OWNER; and
2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part
thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or
other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any
property insurance maintained on the completed Project
or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization
pursuant to paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion
00700 - 17
pursuant to paragraph 14.04, or after final payment
pursuant to paragraph 14.07.
C. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER cover-
ing any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in
paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in
the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or
consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of
recovery against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors,
ENGINEER, or ENGINEER'S Consultants and the officers,
directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants
and subcontractors of each and any of them.
5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds
A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance
required by paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with OWNER
and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds,
as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of
any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.08.B
OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so
received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agree-
ment as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special
agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or
replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof,
and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate
Change Order or Written Amendment.
B. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and
settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in
interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the
occurrence of loss to OWNER'S exercise of this power. If
such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make
settlement with the insurers in accordance with such
agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such
agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER
as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers
and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER
as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of
such duties.
5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to
Replace
A. If either OWNER or CONTRACTOR has any
objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of
the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and
maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on
the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents,
the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing
within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other
evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.OS.C. OWNER
and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such
additional information in respect of insurance provided as the
other may reasonably request. If either party does not
purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required
of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall
notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase
prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain
prior to any change in the required coverage. Without
prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may
elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such
other party's interests at the expense of the party who was
required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall
be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly.
5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Properly
Insurer
A. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 14.05,
no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers
providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5.06
have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any
changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers
providing the property insurance shall consent by endorse-
ment on the policy or policies, but the property insurance
shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any
such partial use or occupancy.
ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.01 Supervision and Superintendence
A.. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct
the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention
thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be
necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely
responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences,
and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall
not be responsible for the negligence of OWNER or
ENGINEER in the design or specification of a specific
means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of
construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly
required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall
be responsible to see that the completed Work complies
accurately with the Contract Documents.
~I~
~J
1
n
0
u
B. At all times during the progress of the Work,
CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident superin-
tendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written
notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under
extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be
CONTRACTOR'S representative at the Site and shall have
authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All
communications given to or received from the superintendent
shall be binding on CONTRACTOR.
00700 - 18
n
J
1
I~
n
6.02 Labor; Working Hours
A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably
qualified personnel to survey, lay out, and construct the
Work as required by the Contract Documents. CON-
TRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and
order at the Site.
B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or
protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or
adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the
Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed
during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not
permit overtime work or the performance of Work on
Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER's
written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld)
given after prior written notice to ENGINEER.
6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment
A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Re-
quirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full
responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor,
transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools,
appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water,
sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities
and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing,
start-up, and completion of the Work.
B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the
Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of
good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees
specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly
run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER,
CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence
(including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind,
and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and
equipment shall be stored,. applied, installed, connected,
erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in
accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier,
except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Docu-
ments .
6.04 Progress Schedule
A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule
established in accordance with paragraph 2.07 as it may be
adjusted from time to time as provided below.
1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for
acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.07)
proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will
not result in changing the Contract Times (or Milestones).
Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress
schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with
any provisions of the General Requirements applicable
thereto.
2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule
that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall
be submitted in accordance with the requirements of
Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a
Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with
Article 1~2.
6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals "
A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is
specified or described in the Contract Documents by using
the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular
Supplier, the specification or description is intended to
establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required.
Unless the specification or description contains or is followed
by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or-equal" item
or no substitution is permitted, other items. of material or
equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may
be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circum-
stances described below.
1. "Or-Equal" Items: If in ENGINEER'S sole
discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by
CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and
sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will
be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an
"or-equal" item, in which case review and approval of
the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion,
be accomplished without compliance with some or all of
the requirements for approval of proposed substitute
items. For the purposes of this paragraph 6.OS.A.1, a
proposed item of material or equipment will be
considered functionally equal to an item so named if:
a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment
ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least equal in
quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design
characteristics; (ii) it will reliably perform at least
equally well the function imposed by the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning
whole, and;
b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i) there is no
increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii) it will
conform substantially, even with deviations, to the
detailed requirements of the item named in the
Contract Documents.
2. Substitute Items
a. If in ENGINEER'S sole discretion an item of
material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR
does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under
00700 - 19
paragraph 6.OS.A.1, it will be considered a proposed
substitute item.
b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient
information as provided below to allow ENGINEER
to determine that the item of material or equipment
proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and
an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for
review of proposed substitute items of material or
equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from
anyone other than CONTRACTOR.
c. The procedure for review by ENGINEER
will be as set forth in paragraph 6.OS.A.2.d, as
supplemented in the General Requirements and as
ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the
circumstances.
d. CONTRACTOR shall first make written
application to ENGINEER for review of a proposed
substitute item of material or equipment that
CONTRACTOR seeks to furnish or use.. The
application shall certify that the proposed substitute
item will perform adequately the functions and
achieve the results called for by the general design,
be similar in substance to that specified, and be suited
to the same use as that specified. The application
will state the extent, if any, to which the use of the
proposed substitute item will prejudice
CONTRACTOR'S achievement of Substantial
Completion on time, whether or not use of the
proposed substitute item in the Work will require a
change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the
provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER
for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the
proposed substitute item and whether or not
incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item
in connection with the Work is subject to payment of
any license fee or royalty. All variations of the pro-
posed substitute item from that specified will be
identified in the application, and available
engineering, sales, ~ maintenance, repair, and
replacement services will be indicated. The
application will also contain an itemized estimate of
all costs or credits that will result directly or indi-
rectly from use of such substitute item, including
costs of redesign and claims of other contractors
affected by any resulting change, ail of which will be
considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed
substitute item. ENGINEER may require CON-
TRACTOR to furnish additional data about the pro-
posed substitute item.
B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a
specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure
of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly
required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may
furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique,
sequence, or procedure of construction approved by ENGI-
NEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information
to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER'S sole discretion, to
determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that
expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The proce-
dure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that
provided in subparagraph 6.OS.A.2.
C. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed
a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or
submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.OS.A and 6.OS.B.
ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No
"or-equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized
until ENGINEER'S review is complete, which will be
evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an
approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal. " ENGINEER will
advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any negative
determination.
D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CON-
TRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special
performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any
substitute.
E. ENGINEER'S Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER will
record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S
Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.OS.A.2 and 6.OS.B
and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the
provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for
work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not
ENGINEER approves a substitute item so proposed or
submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall
reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and
ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed
substitute.
F. CONTRACTOR'S Expense: CONTRACTOR shall
provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or
"or-equal" at CONTRACTOR'S expense.
6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others
A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor,
Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those
acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6.06.B),
whether initially or as a replacement, against whom OWNER
may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be
required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other
individual or entity to furnish or perforn any of the Work
against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
i~
~~'~
~!
0
B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity
of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or
00700 - 20
0
J
J
~~
n
u
entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance for acceptance
by OWNER by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of
the Agreement, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list
thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions,
OWNER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make
written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance
or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract
Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other
individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis
of reasonable objection after due investigation. CON-
TRACTOR shall submit an acceptable replacement for the
rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the differ-
ence in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an
appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written
Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity,
whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a
waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject
defective Work.
C. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to
OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities
performing or furnishing any of the Work just as
CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR'S own
acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall
create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or
other individual or entity any contractual relationship between
OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any
obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or
to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcon-
tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may
otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.
D. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for
scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract
with CONTRACTOR.
E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing
or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGI-
NEER through CONTRACTOR.
F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and
the identifications of any Drawings shall not control
CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors
or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any
specific trade.
G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a
Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuapt to an appropriate
agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor
or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or
Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and
ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a
Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional
insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph
5.06, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the
Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby
the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against
OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S
Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in
the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or
additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners,
employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors
of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused
by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the
perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any
other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the
insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms
to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRAC-
TOR will obtain the same.
6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties
A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and
royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of
any invention, design, process, product, or device which is
the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If
a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is
specified in the Contract Documents for use in the
performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of
OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or
copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or
royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be
disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the
fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations,
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify .and hold harmless
OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and the
officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other
consultants of each and any of them from and against all
claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited
to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and
other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any
infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use
in the performance of the Work or resulting from the
incorporation in the Work of any. invention, design, process,
product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents.
6.08 Perntits
A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all
construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist
CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits
00700 - 21
r
and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental
charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of
the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids,
or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the
Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility
owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay
all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related
thereto, such as plant investment fees.
6.09 Laws and Regulations
A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply
with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance
of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor
ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring
CONTRACTOR'S compliance with any Laws or Regulations.
B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or
having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs,
losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work;
however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary
responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but
this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR'S
obligations under paragraph 3.03.
C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the
time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the
Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost
or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an
adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If OWNER
and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or
on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a
Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
6.10 Taxes
A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use,
and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRAC-
TOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the
place of the Project which are applicable during the
performance of the Work.
6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas
1. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction
equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and
the operations of workers to the Site and other areas
permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not
unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with
construction equipment or other materials or equipment.
CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any
damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or
occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas
resulting from the performance of the Work.
2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or
occupant because of the performance of the Work,
CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other
party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by
arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at
law.
3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S
Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners,
employees, agents, and other consultants- of each and any
of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges
of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals
and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution
costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action,
legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant
against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any other party
indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based
upon CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work.
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work:
During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep
the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal
of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall con-
form to applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the
Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it ready
for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the Work
CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools,
appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and
surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract
Documents.
D. Loading Structures: CONTRACTOR shall not load
nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any
manner that will endangeL the structure, nor shall
CONTRACTOR subject any part o€ the Work or adjacent
property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.
6.12 Record Documents
A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the
Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications,
Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work
00700 - 22
r
C
~II''
i
u
i
r
n
Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations
and clarifications in good order and annotated to show
changes made during construction. These record documents
together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all
approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for
reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record
documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to
ENGINEER for OWNER.
6.13. Safety and Protection
A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for
initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR
shall take. all necessary precautions for the safety of, and
shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage,
injury or loss to:
1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected
by the Work;
2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be
incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the
Site; and
3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto,
including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities
not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in
the course of construction.
B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable
Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or
property, or to the protection of persons or property from
damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all
necessary safeguards for such safety and protection.
CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and
of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate
with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and
replacement of their property. All damage, injury, or loss to
any property referred to in paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CON-
TRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other
individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of
them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by
CONTRACTOR' (except damage or loss attributable to the
fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or
omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER'S Con-
sultant, or anyone .employed by any of them, or anyone for
whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable,
directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or
negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor,
Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly
employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR'S duties and
responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall
continue until such time as all the Work is completed and
ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.07.B that
the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly
provided in connection with Substantial Completion).
6.14 Safety Representative
A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and
experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and
responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the
maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and
programs.
6.15 Hazard Communication Programs
A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating
any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard
communication information required to be made available to
or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in
accordance with Laws or Regulations.
6.16 Emergencies
A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of
persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent
thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent
threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall
give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR
believes that any significant changes in the Work or
variations from the Contract Documents have been caused
thereby or are required as a result thereof. If ENGINEER
determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or
Change Order will be issued.
6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples
A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the
acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample
submittals. All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER
may require and in the number of copies specified in the
General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop
Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimen-
sions, specified performance and design criteria, materials,
and similar data to show ENGINEER the services, materials,
and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to
enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited
purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E.
B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the
acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample
' 00700 - 23
submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to
material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers,
and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER
may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal
for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. The
numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified
in the Specifications.
C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the
Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as required by
paragraph 2.07, any related Work performed prior to
ENGINEER'S review and approval of the pertinent submittal
will be at the sole expense and responsibility of
CONTRACTOR.
Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review
and approval of each such variation.
E. ENGINEER'S Review
1. ENGINEER will timely review and approve
Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the
schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals
acceptable to ENGINEER. ENGINEER'S review and
approval will be only to determine if the items covered by
the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in
the Work, conform to the information given in the
Contract Documents and be compatible with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole
as indicated by the Contract Documents.
D. Submittal Procedures
1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample,
CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified:
a. all field measurements, quantities, dimen-
sions, specified performance criteria, installation
requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and
similar information with respect thereto;
b. all materials with respect to intended use,
fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly,
and installation pertaining to the performance of the
Work;
c. all information relative to means, methods,
techniques, sequences, anti procedures of construc-
tion and safety precautions and programs incident
thereto; and
d. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed
and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with
other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the
requirements of the Work and the Contract Docu-
ments.
2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific
written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied
CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract
Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR'S review and
approval of that submittal.
3. At the time of each submittal, CONTRACTOR
shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such
variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample
submitted may have from the requirements of the
Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written com-
munication separate from the submittal; and, in addition,
shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop
2. ENGINEER'S review and approval will not
extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or
procedures of construction (except where a particular
means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the
Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs
incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate
item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in
which the item functions.
3. ENGINEER'S review and approval of Shop
Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR
from responsibility for any variation from the require-
ments of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR
has in writing called ENGINEER'S attention to each such
variation at the time of each submittal as required by
paragraph 6.17.D.3 and ENGINEER has given written
approval of each such variation by specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the
Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval
by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from
responsibility for complying with the requirements of
paragraph 6.17.D.1.
F. Resubmittal Procedures
1. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required
by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of
corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as
required new Samples for review and approval. CON-
TRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to
revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGI-
NEER on previous submittals.
6.18 Continuing the Work
IJ
J
i
~l
0
u
A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere
to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements '
with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed
pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except
007G{3 - 24
C
as permitted by paragraph 15.04 or as OWNER and
CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing.
6.19 CONTRACTOR'S General Warranty and Guarantee
A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to
OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants that
all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents
and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR'S warranty and
guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or
operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Sub-
contractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity
for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible; or
2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.
B. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and
complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will
constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance
with the Contract Documents or a release of
CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents:
1. observations by ENGINEER;
2. recommendation by ENGINEER or payment by
OWNER of any progress or final payment;
3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial
Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related
thereto by OWNER;
4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof
by OWNER;
5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do
so;
6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptabil-
ity by ENGINEER;
7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or
8. any correction of defective Work by OWNER
6.20 Indemnification
A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regula-
tions, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless
OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the
officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other
consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from
and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including
but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or
relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any
such claim, cost, loss, or damage:
1. is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease,
or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible
property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of
use resulting therefrom; and
2. is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act
or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
regardless of whether or not caused in part by any
negligence or omission of an individual orentity indem-
nified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such
indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of
the negligence of any such individual or entity.
B. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER
or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers,
directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the
survivor or personal representative of such employee) of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any
individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of
them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation
under paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by
any limitation on the amount or type of damages,
compensation, or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR
or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit
acts, or other employee benefit acts.
C. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR
under paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of
ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants or to the
officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other
consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them
arising out of:
1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to
prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports,
surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or
2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to
give them, if that is the primary cause. of the injury or
damage.
00700 - 25
L
ARTICLE 7 -OTHER WORK
7.02 Coordination
G!
7.01 Related Work at Site
A. OWNER may perform other work related to the
Project at the Site by OWNER's employees, or let other
direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by
utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Con-
tract Documents, then:
1. written notice thereof will be given to CON-
TRACTOR prior to starting any such other work; and
2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to
agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any,
of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times
that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a
Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph
10.05. .
B. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor
who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner
(and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with
OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the Site and
a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of
materials and equipment and the execution of such other
work and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs.
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CON-
TRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the
Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise
make its several parts come together and properly integrate
with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger
any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise
altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with
the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose
work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of
CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of
such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that
there are comparable provisions for the benefit of
CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER
and such utility owners and other contractors.
C. If the proper execution or results of any part of
CONTRACTOR'S Work depends upon work performed by
others .under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect
such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in
writing any delays, .defects, or deficiencies in such other
work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper
execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work.
CONTRACTOR'S failure to so report will constitute an
acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for
integration with CONTRACTOR'S Work except for latent
defects and deficiencies in such other work.
A. If OWNER intends to contract with others for the
performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the
following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:
1. the individual or entity who will have authority
and responsibility for coordination of the activities among
the various contractors will be identified;
2. the specific matters to be covered by such
authority and responsibility will be itemized; and
3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities
will be provided.
B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and respon-
sibility for such coordination.
ARTICLE 8 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.01 Communications to Contractor
A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Condi-
tions, OWNER shall issue all communications to
CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER.
8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER
A. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI-
NEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer to whom
CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status
under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former
ENGINEER.
8.03 Furnish Data
A. OWNER shall promptly furnish the data required of
OWNER under the Contract Documents.
8.04 Pay Promptly When Due
A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR
promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs
14.02.C and 14.07.C.
8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests
A. OWNER'S duties in respect of providing lands and
easements and providing engineering surveys to establish
reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05.
Paragraph 4.02 refers to OWNER'S identii~ing and making
available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations
00700 - 26
r
7
u
C
n
0
n
u
ii
1
1
u
and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical
conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface
structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized
by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents.
8.06 Insurance
A. OWNER's responsibilities, if any, in respect to pur-
chasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are
set forth in Article 5.
8.07 Change Orders
A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as
indicated. in paragraph 10.03.
8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to certain inspec-
tions, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.03.B.
8.09 Limitations on OWNER'S Responsibilities
A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have
control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences,
or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and
programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CON-
TRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable
to the performance of the Work. OWNER will not be
responsible for CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition
A. OWNER'S responsibility in respect to an undisclosed
Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in paragraph
4.06.
8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements
A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish
CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that fmancial
arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER's
obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER'S
responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the
Supplementary Conditions.
ARTICLE 9 -ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
9.01 OWNER'S Representative
A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during
the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and
the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's
representative during construction are set forth in the
Contract Documents and will not be changed without written
consent of OWNER and ENGINEER.
9.02 Visits to Site
A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at intervals
appropriate to the various stages of construction as
ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an
experienced and qualified design professional the progress
that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of
CONTRACTOR'S executed Work. Based on information
obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER,
for the benefit of OWNER, will determine, in general, if the
Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract
Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make
exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the
quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will
be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree
of confidence that the completed Work will conform
generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such
visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER
informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to
guard OWNER against defective Work..
B. ENGINEER'S visits and observations are subject to
all the limitations on ENGINEER'S authority and
responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.10, and-particularly,
but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER'S
visits or observations of CONTRACTOR'S Work
ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have
authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's
means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident
thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with
Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the
Work.
9.03 Project Representative
A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will
furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist
ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the
Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations
thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and
assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.10 and in the
Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another
' 00700 - 27
0
representative or agent to represent OWNER at the Site who
is not ENGINEER'S Consultant, agent or employee, the
responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such
other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supple-
mentary Conditions.
B. In connection with ENGINEER'S authority as to
Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12.
C. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Applications for Payment, see Article 14.
u
9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations
A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness
such written clarifications or interpretations of the require-
ments of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may deter-
mine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of
and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such
written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on
OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER and CON-
TRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the
amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract
Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as
a result of a written clarification or interpretation, aClaim
may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
9.05 Authorized Variations in Work
A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the
Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents
which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or
the Contract Times and are compatible with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be
accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on
OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform
the Work involved promptly. If OWNER and CONTRAC-
TOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount
or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or
Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a
Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
9.06 Rejecting Defective Work
A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or
reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or
that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed
Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will
prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require
special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in
paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated,
installed, or completed.
9.07 Shop Drawings, Change .Orders and Payments
A. In connection with ENGINEER'S authority as to Shop
Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6.17.
9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work
A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CON-
TRACTOR the ENGINEER'S preliminary determinations on
such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by
recommendation of an Application for Payment or
otherwise). ENGINEER'S written decision thereon will be
final and binding (except as modified by ENGINEER to
reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data)
upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, subject to the
provisions of paragraph 10.05.
9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents
and Acceptability of Work
A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the
requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and
other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work, the
quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the
interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents
pertaining to the performance of the Work, and Claims
seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will
be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing, in accordance
with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a
formal decision.
B. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this
paragraph 9.09, ENGINEER will not show partiality to
OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in
connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in
good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by
ENGINEER pursuant to this paragraph 9.09 with respect to
any such Claim, dispute, or other matter (except any which
have been waived by the making or acceptance of final
payment. as provided in paragraph 14.07} will be a condition
precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of
such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under
the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect
of any such Claim, dispute, or other matter.
9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER'S Authority and Respon-
sibilities
A. Neither ENGINEER'S authority or responsibility
under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the
Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER
in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority
00700 - 28
n
0
t
i~
n
u
n
7
fl
1
u
J
I~~
or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance
of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create,
impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or
otherwise owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity,
or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.
B. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or
have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR'S
means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident
thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with
Laws .and Regulations applicable to the performance of the
Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for
CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or
omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any
of the Work.
D. ENGINEER'S review of the fmal Application for
Payment and accompanying documentation and all mainte-
nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees,
Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and
other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph
14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content
complies with the requirements of, and in the case of
certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results
certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents.
E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set
forth in this paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to ENGINEER'S
Consultants, Resident Project Representative, .and assistants.
ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work
A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without
notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time
to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work
by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work
Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document,
CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work
involved which will be performed under the applicable
conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise
specifically provided).
B. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree
on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an
adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both,
that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change
Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in
paragraph 10.05.
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work
A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase
in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times
with respect to any work performed that is not required by
the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or
supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04, except in the
case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the
case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.04.B.
10.03 Execution of Change Orders
A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute
appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or
Written Amendments) covering:
1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by
OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.O1.A, (ii) required
because of acceptance of defective Work under para-
graph 13.08.A or OWNER'S correction of defective
Work under paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the
parties;
2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times
which are agreed to by the parties, including any
undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually
performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive;
and
3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times
which embody the substance of any written decision
rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 10.05;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change
Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract
Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but
during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on
the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as
provided in paragraph 6.18.A.
10.04 Notification to Surety
A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope
of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract
Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given
to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be
CONTRACTOR'S responsibIlity. The amotmt of each
applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any
such change.
' 00700 - 29
0
10.05 Claims and Disputes
A. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of
each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the
claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract
promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of
the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent
of the Claim, dispute, or other matter with supporting data
shall be delivered to the ENGINEER and the other party to
the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event
(unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to
submit additional or more accurate data in support of such
Claim, dispute, or other matter). A Claim for an adjustment
in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 12.O1.B. A Claim for an adjustment
in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be
accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjust-
ment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant
believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing
party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the
claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last
submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time).
B. ENGINEER'S Decision: ENGINEER will render
a formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of
the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the
opposing party, if any. ENGINEER'S written decision on
such Claim, dispute, or other matter will be fmal and binding
upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless:
D. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or
Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted
in accordance with this paragraph 10.05.
ARTICLE 11 -COST OF THE WORK; CASH
ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK
11.01 Cost of the Work
A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means
the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CON-
TRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. When
the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when
a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on
the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to
CONTRACTOR will be only those additional or incremental
costs required because of the change in the Work or because
of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise
may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be
in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of
the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall
not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.O1.B.
u
C
1. an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken
within the time limits and in accordance with the dispute
resolution procedures set forth in Article 16; or
2. if no such dispute resolution procedures have
been set forth in Article 16, a written notice of intention
to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is
delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other
and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such
decision, and a formal proceeding is instituted by the
appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction
within 60 days after the date of such decision or within
60 days after Substantial Completion, whichever is later
(unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or remedies as
the appealing party may have with respect to such
Claim, dispute, or other matter in accordance with
applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in
writing within the time stated in paragraph 10.O5.B, a
decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to
have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of
the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if
any.
00700 - 30
1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ
of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work
under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by
OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall
include without limitation superintendents, foremen, and
other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll
costs for employees not employed full time on the Work
shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on
the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited
to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits,
which shall include social security contributions, unem-
ployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers'
compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses,
sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto.
The expenses of performing Work outside of regular
working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays,
shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by
OWNER.
2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished
and incorporated in the Work, including costs of
transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field
services required in connection therewith.. All cash
discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless
OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with
which to make payments, in which case the cash
discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts,
rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus
materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and
CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may
be obtained.
0
CSI
~I
~I~
u
3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to
Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors.
If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain
competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to
OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such
bids to OWNER, who will then determine, with the
advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be
acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the
Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the
Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work
and fee shall be determined in the same manner as
CONTRACTOR'S Cost of the Work and fee as provided
in this paragraph 11.01.
4. Costs of special consultants (including but not
limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories,
surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for
services specifically related to the Work.
5. Supplemental costs including the following:
a. The proportion of necessary transportation,
travel, and subsistence expenses of
CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge
of duties connected with the Work.
b. Cost, including transportation and mainte-
nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment,
machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facili-
ties at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the
workers, which are consumed in the performance of
the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items
used but not consumed which remain the property of
CONTRACTOR.
c. Rentals of all construction equipment and
machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented
from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with
rental agreements approved by OWNER with the
advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of
transportation, loading, unloading, assembly,
dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs
shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental
agreements. The rental of any such equipment, ma-
chinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is
no longer necessary for the Work.
d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar
taxes related to the Work, and for which CON-
TRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regu-
lations.
e. Deposits lost for causes other than negli-
gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of
them or for whose acts any of"them may be liable,
and royalty payments and fees for permits and
licenses.
f. Losses and damages (and related expenses)
caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by
insurance or otherwise, sustained by
CONTRACTOR in connection with the perfor-
mance of the Work (except losses and damages
within the deductible amounts of property insurance
established in accordance with paragraph 5.06.D),
provided such losses and damages have resulted
from causes other than the negligence of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them or
for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such
losses shall include settlements made with the
written consent and approval of OWNER. No such
losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in
the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining
CONTRACTOR'S fee.
g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary
facilities at the Site.
h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long
distance telephone calls, telephone service at the
Site, expressage, and similar perry cash items in
connection with the Work.
i. When the Cost of the Work is used to
determine the value of a Change Order or of a
Claim, the cost of premiums for additional Bonds
and insurance required because of the changes in the
Work or caused by the event giving rise to the
Claim.
j. When all the Work is performed on the
basis of cost-plus, the costs of premiums for all
Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is required by
the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain.
B. Costs Ezcluded.• The term Cost of the Work shall
not include any of the following items:
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of
CONTRACTOR'S officers, executives, principals (of
partnerships and sole proprietorships), general manag-
ers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, audi-
tors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents,
expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel
employed by CONTRACTOR, whether at the Site or in
CONTRACTOR'S principal or branch office for general
administration of the Work and not specifically included
in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications
referred to in paragraph 11.O1.A.1 or specifically
covered by paragraph 11.O1.A.4, all of which are to be
00700 - 31
considered administrative costs covered by the
CONTRACTOR'S fee.
2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR'S principal and
branch offices other than CONTRACTOR'S office at the
Site.
3. Any part of CONTRACTOR'S capital expenses,
including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital employed
for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for
delinquent payments.
4. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR,
any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them
may be liable, including but not limited to, the
correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or
equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any
damage to property.
5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any
kind and the costs of any item not specifically and
expressly included in paragraphs 11.O1.A and 11.O1.B.
C. CONI'RACTOR's Fee: When all the Work is
performed on the basis of cost-plus, CONTRACTOR's fee
shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the
value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a
Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on
the basis of Cost of the Work, CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be
determined as set forth in paragraph 12.O1.C.
D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for
any purpose is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs
11.O1.A and 11.O1.B, CONTRACTOR will establish and
maintain records thereof in accordance with generally
accepted accounting practices and submit in a form
acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown
together with supporting data.
11.02 Cash Allowances
A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included
in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract
Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be
performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER
and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that:
1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRAC-
TOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials
and equipment required by the allowances to be
delivered at the Site, and ali applicable taxes; and
2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and
handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allow-
00700 - 32
2. there is no corresponding adjustment with
respect any other item of Work; and
3. if CONTRACTOR believes that
CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract
Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or
OWNER believes that OR'NER is entitled to a decrease
in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as
to the amount of any such increase or decrease.
n
0
u
fl
L
ances have been included in the Contract Price and not
in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment
on account of any of the foregoing will be valid.
B. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order
will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect
actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work
covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.03 Unit Price Work
A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or
part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the
Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price
Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each
separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the
estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agree-
ment. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work
are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of
comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price.
Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of
Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be
made by ENGINEER subject to the provisions of paragraph
9.08.
B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount
considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover
CONTRACTOR'S overhead and profit for each separately
identified item.
C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for
an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with
paragraph 10.05 if:
1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work
performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and
significantly from the estimated quantity of such item
indicated in the Agreement; and
n
C
L~
LJ
ARTICLE 12 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE;
CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES
12.01 Change of Contract Price
A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a
Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for
an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written
notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the
ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accor-
dance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05.
B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order
or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will
be determined as follows:
1. where the Work involved is covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica-
tion of such unit prices to the quantities of the items
involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 );
or
2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a
mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an
allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in
accordance with paragraph 12.O1.C.2); or
3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents and agree-
ment to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph
12.O1.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work
(determined as provided in paragraph 11.01) plus a
CONTRACTOR'S fee for overhead and profit (deter-
mined as provided in paragraph 12.O1.C).
C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: The CONTRACTOR'S fee
for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows:
1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee
based on the following percentages of the various
portions of the Cost of the Work:
a. for costs incurred under paragraphs
11.O1.A.1 and 11.O1.A.2, the CONTRACTOR'S
fee shall be 15 percent;
b. for costs incurred under paragraph
11.O1.A.3, the CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be five
percent;
c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are
on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no
fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraph
12.O1.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually
performs the Fork, at whatever tier, will be paid
a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such
Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.O1.A.1 and
11.O1.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor
and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five
percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier
Subcontractor;
d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs
itemized under paragraphs 11.O1.A.4, 11.O1.A.5,
and 11.O1.B;
e. the amount of credit to be allowed by
CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which
results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount
of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in
CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five
percent of such net decrease; and
f. when both additions and credits are in-
volved in any one change, the adjustment in
CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be computed on the
basis of the net change in accordance with para-
graphs 12.O1.C.2.a through 12.O1.C.2.e, inclu-
sive.
12.02 Change of Contract Times
A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be
changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment.
Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or
Milestones) shall be based on written notice submitted by the
party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the other
party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph 10.05.
B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for
an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be
determined in accordance with the provisions of this
Article 12.
12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR'S Control
A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be
extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such
delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph
12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR
shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by
OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other
contractors performing other work as contemplated by
00700 - 33
Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions, or acts of God.
12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR'S Control
A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) will not be
extended due to delays within the control of
CONTRACTOR. Delays attributable to and within the
control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be
delays within the control of CONTRACTOR.
12.05 Delays Beyond OWNER'S and CONTRACTOR'S
Control
A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet-
ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or
Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER
and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such
delay shall be CONTRACTOR'S sole and exclusive remedy
for such delay.
12.06 Delay Damages
A. In no event shall OWNER or ENGINEER be liable
to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any
other person or organization, or to any surety for or
employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of
or resulting from:
1. delays caused by or within the control of CON-
TRACTOR; or
2. delays beyond the control of both OWNER and
CONTRACTOR including but not limited to fires,
floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of
God, or acts or neglect by utility owners or other
contractors performing other work as contemplated by
Article 7.
B. Nothing in this paragraph 12.06 bars a change in
Contract Price pursuant to this Article 12 to compensate
CONTRACTOR due to delay, interference, or disruption
directly attributable to actions or inactions of OWNER or
anyone for whom OWNER is responsible.
ARTICLE 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;
CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
13.01 Notice of Defects
A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which
OWNER or ENGINEER has actual lmowledge will be given
to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected,
corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13.
13.02 Access to Work
A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants,
other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent
testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with
jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the
Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting,
and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and
safe conditions for such access and advise them of
CONTRACTOR's Site safety procedures and programs so
that they may comply therewith as applicable.
13.03 Tests and Inspections
A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely
notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,
tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and
testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
B. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an
independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections,
tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents
except:
1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by
paragraphs 13.03.C and 13.03.D below;
2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or
inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.04.B
shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.04.B; and
3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Con-
tract Documents.
C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to
be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other
representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall
assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such
inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection
therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates
of inspection or approval.
D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging
and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any
inspections, tests, or approvals required for OWNER'S and
ENGINEER'S acceptance of materials. or equipment to be
incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix
designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to
CONTRACTOR'S purchase thereof for incorporation in the
Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be
performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and
ENGINEER.
00700 - 34
n
0
0
fl
0
r
1
I~~
J
E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be
inspected, tested, or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR
without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if
requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation.
F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.03.E
shall be at CONTRACTOR'S expense unless CON-
TRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of
CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGI-
NEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response
to such notice.
13.04 Uncovering Work
A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written
request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER,
be uncovered for ENGINEER'S observation and replaced at
CONTRACTOR'S expense.
B. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable
that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected
or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's
request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available
for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may
require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all
necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that
such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all
Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited
to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and
other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing,
and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including
but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work
of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate
decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim
therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If, however, such
Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be
allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of
the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attribut-
able to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection,
testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof,
CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in
paragraph 10.05.
13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work
A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to
supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or
equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that
the completed Work will conform to the Contract
Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the
Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order
has been eliminated; however, this right~of OWNER to stop
the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of
OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other
individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent
of any of them.
13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work
A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the
Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the
Project and replace it with Work that is not defective.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and
all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)
arising out of or relating to such correction or removal
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement
of work of others).
13.07 Correction Period
A. If within one year after the date of Substantial
Completion or such longer period of time as may be
prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any
applicable special guarantee required by the Contract
Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract
Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the
repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for
CONTRACTOR'S use by OWNER or permitted by Laws and
Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6.11.A is found to
be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost
to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER'S written
instructions: (i) repair such defective land or areas, or (ii)
correct such defective Work or, if the defective Work has
been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and
replace it with Work that is not defective, and (iii) satisfac-
torily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to
other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas
resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly
comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an
emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or
damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or
repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and
replaced, and all Claims, costs, losses, and damages
(including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and
all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)
arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such
removal and replacement (including but not limited to all
costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid
by CONTRACTOR.
B. In special circumstances where a particular item of
equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial
Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that
00700 - 35
C'~~
item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in
the Specifications or by Written Amendment.
C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work
resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and
replaced under this paragraph 13.07, the correction period
hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an
additional period of one year after such correction or removal
and replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
D. CONTRACTOR'S obligations under this paragraph
13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty.
The provisions of this paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed
as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any
applicable statute of limitation or repose.
13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work
A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and
replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to
ENGINEER'S recommendation of final payment,
ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and
all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)
attributable to OWNER'S evaluation of and determination to
accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by
ENGINEER as to reasonableness) and the diminished value
of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by
CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such
acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER'S recommendation of
final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating
the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with
respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an
appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the
diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make
a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If the
acceptance occurs after such recommendation, anappropriate
amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work
A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time
after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective
Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by
ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.06.A, or if
CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to
comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents,
OWNER may, after seven days written notice to
CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency.
B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this
paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In
connection with such corrective and remedial action,
OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of
the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and
suspend CONTRACTOR'S services related thereto, take
possession of CONTRACTOR'S tools, appliances, con-
struction equipment. and machinery at the Site, and incorpo-
rate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the
Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but
which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow
OWNER, OWNER'S representatives, agents and employees,
OWNER'S other contractors, and ENGINEER and
ENGINEER'S Consultants access to the Site to enable
OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this
paragraph.
C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including
but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or
sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies
under this paragraph 13.09 will be charged against CON-
TRACTOR, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating
the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with
respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an
appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, OWNER
may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
Such claims, costs, losses anti damages will include but not
be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of
others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or
replacement of CONTRACTOR'S defective Work.
D. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension
of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay
in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by
OWNER of OWNER'S rights and remedies under this
paragraph 13.09.
ARTICLE 14 -PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION
14.01 Schedule of Values
A. The schedule of values established as provided in
paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress
payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application
for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments
on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number
of units completed.
00700 - 36
~I
1
L-J
II
u
I
C
it
L~~
~I
C!
14.02 Progress Payments
A. Applications for Payments
1. At least 20 days before the date established for
each progress payment (but not more often than once a
month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER
for review an Application for Payment filled out and
signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work
completed as of the date of the Application and
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents. If payment is
requested on the basis of materials and equipment not
incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably
stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in
writing, the Application for Payment shall also be
accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other docu-
mentation warranting that OWNER has received the
materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and
evidence that the materials and equipment are covered
by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements
to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which must
be satisfactory to OWNER.
2. Beginning with the second Application for
Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of
CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress
payments received on account of the Work have been
applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR'S
legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications
for Payment.
3. The amount of retainage with respect to pro-
gress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement.
B. Review of Applications
1. ENGINEER will, within 10 days after receipt of
each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing
a recommendation of payment and present the
Application to OWNER or return the Application to
CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's
reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the
latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary
corrections and resubmit the Application.
2. ENGINEER'S recommendation of any payment
requested in an Application for Payment will constitute
a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on
ENGINEER's observations on the Site of the executed
Work as an experienced and qualified design profession-
al and on ENGINEER'S review of the Application for
Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that
to the best of ENGINEER'S knowledge, information and
belief:
00700 - 37
a. the Work has progressed to the point
indicated;
b. the quality of the Work is generally in
accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to
an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole
prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the
results of any subsequent tests called for in the
Contract Documents, to a fmal determination of
quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work
under paragraph 9.08, and to any other
qualifications stated in the recommendation); and
c. the conditions precedent to
CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment
appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is
ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work.
3. By recommending any such payment ENGI-
NEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented
that: (i) inspections made to check the quality or the
quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been
exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in
progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work
beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to
ENGINEER in the Contract Documents; or (ii) that
there may not be other matters or issues between the
parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid
additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold
payment to CONTRACTOR.
4. Neither ENGINEER'S review of
CONTRACTOR'S Work for the purposes of recom-
mending payments nor ENGINEER'S recommendation
of any payment, including final payment, will impose
responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or
control the Work or for the means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for CON-
TRACTOR's failure to comply with Laws and Regu-
lations applicable to CONTRACTOR'S performance of
the Work. Additionally, said review or recommendation
will not impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make
any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes
CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid on account of
the Contract Price, or to determine that title to any of
the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to
OWNER free and clear of any Liens.
5. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the
whole or any. part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's
opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representa-
tions to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.02.B.2.
ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such
payment or, because of subsequently discovered
evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests,
revise or revoke any such payment recommendation
previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in
ENGINEER'S opinion to protect OWNER from loss
because:
a. the Work is defective, or .completed Work
has been damaged, requiring correction or replace-
ment;
b. the Contract Price has been reduced by
Written Amendment or Change Orders;
c. OWNER has been required to correct
defective Work or complete Work in accordance
with paragraph 13.09; or
d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in para-
graph 15.02.A.
4'~
C. Payment Becomes Due
1. Ten days after presentation of the Application
for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER'S recom-
mendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the
provisions of paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when
due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR.
D. Reduction in Payment
1. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the
full amount recommended by ENGINEER because:
a. claims have been made against OWNER on
account of CONTRACTOR'S performance or fur-
nishing of the Work;
b. Liens have been filed in connection with the
Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered
a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure
the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens;
c. there are other items entitling OWNER to
a set-off against the amount recommended; or
d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occur-
rence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs
14.02.B.S.a through 14.02.B.S.c or paragraph
15.02.A.
2. If OWNER refuses to make payment of the full
amount recommended by ENGINEER, OWNER must
give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a
copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action
and promptly pay CONTRACTOR -any amount
remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld.
OWNER shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the
amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to
by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRAC-
TOR corrects to OWNER'S satisfaction the reasons for
such action.
3. If it is subsequently determined that OWNER's
refusal of payment was not justified, the amount
wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as
determined by paragraph 14.02.C.1.
14.03 COM7tACTOR's Warranty of Title
A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title
to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project
or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of
payment free and clear of all Liens.
14.04 Substantial Completion
A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work
ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify
OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is
substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by
CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly
thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER
shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status
of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work
substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify
CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If
ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete,
ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative
certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date
of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the
certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected before fmal payment. OWNER shall have seven
days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to
make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions
of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such
objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not
substantially complete, ENGINEER will within 14 days after
submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify
CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If,
after consideration of OWNER's objections,- ENGINEER
considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will
within said 14 days execute and deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be
completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the
tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after
consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time
of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Comple-
tion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRAC-
TOR awritten recommendation as to division of responsibili-
00700 - 38
n
n
I~
I
J
II
r~
n
fl
n
CI'
i]
0
J
ties pending fmal payment between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety,
and protection of the Work, maintenance,. heat, utilities,
insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER
and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so
inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER'S issuing
the defective certificate of Substantial Completion,
ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on
OWNER and CONTRACTOR until fmal payment.
B. OWNER shall have the right to exclude
CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial
Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR
reasonable access to complete or correct items on the
tentative list.
14.05 Partial Utilization
A. Use by OWNER at OWNER'S option of any
substantially completed part of the Work which has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or
which OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR agree
constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose
without significant interference with CONTRACTOR'S
performance of the remainder of the Work, may be
accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work
subject to the following conditions.
1. OWNER at any time may request CON-
TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any
such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be
ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If
CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is
substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to
OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is
substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue
a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of
the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify
OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that
CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work
ready for its intended use and substantially complete and
request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work. Within a
reasonable time after either such request, OWNER,
CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an
inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status
of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that
part of the Work to be substantially complete,
ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR
in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER
considers that part of the Work to be substantially
complete., the provisions of paragraph 14.04 will apply
with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of
that part of the Work and the division of responsibility
in respect thereof and access thereto.
2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of
the Work may occur prior to compliance with the
requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property
insurance.
14.06 Finallnspection
A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the
entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,
ENGINEER will promptly make a fmal inspection with
OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CON-
TRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this
inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective.
CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are
necessary to complete such Work or remedy such
deficiencies.
14.07 Final Payment
A. Application for Payment
1. After CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion of
ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all corrections
identified during the final inspection and has delivered,
in accordance with the Contract Documents, all main-
tenance and operating instructions, schedules, guaran-
tees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance
certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents
(as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other documents,
CONTRACTOR may make application for final
payment following the procedure for progress payments.
2. The final Application for Payment shall be
accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all
documentation called for in the Contract Documents,
including but not limited io the evidence of insurance
required by subparagraph 5.04.B.7; (ii) consent of the
surety, if any, to final payment; and (iii) complete and
legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to
OWNER) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed
in connection with the Work.
3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens.
specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by
OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or
releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that:
(i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services,
material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed;
and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and
other indebtedness connected with the Work for which
OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be
responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any
Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release
or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond
or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify
OWNER against any Lien.
00700 - 39
B. Review of Application and Acceptance
1. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of
the Work during construction and final inspection, and
ENGINEER's review of the final Application for
Payment and accompanying documentation as required
by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that
the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR'S
other obligations under the Contract Documents have
been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after
receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in
writing ENGINEER'S recommendation of payment and
present the Application for Payment to OWNER for pay-
ment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give
written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the
Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of
paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return
the Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR,
indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to
recQ<mmend final payment, in which case CON-
TRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application for Payment.
C. Payment Becomes Due
1. Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of
the Application for Payment and accompanying docu-
mentation, the amount recommended by ENGINEER
will become due and, when due, will be paid by OWN-
ER to CONTRACTOR.
14.08 Final Completion Delayed
A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final
completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if
ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of
CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and
recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the
Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion
of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining
balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed
or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the
Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in
paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the
payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully
completed and accepted shall be submitted by CON-
TRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such
payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and
conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not
constitute a waiver of Claims.
14.09 Waiver of Claims
A. The making and acceptance of final payment will
constitute:
1. a waiver of all Claims by OWNER against
CONTRACTOR, except Claims arising from unsettled
Liens, from defective Work appearing after final
inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.06, from failure to
comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or from
CONTRACTOR'S continuing obligations under the
Contract Documents; and
2. a waiver of all Claims by CONTRACTOR
against OWNER other than those previously made in
writing which are still unsettled.
ARTICLE 15 -SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work
A. At any time and without cause, OWNER may
suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not
more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to CON-
TRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which
Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the
Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed
an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such
suspension if CONTRACTOR makes a Claim therefor as
provided in paragraph 10.05.
15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause
A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following
events will justify termination for cause:
1. CONTRACTOR'S persistent failure to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient
skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or
failure to adhere to the progress schedule established
under paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time
pursuant to paragraph 6.04);
2. CONTRACTOR's disregard of Laws or
Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
3. CONTRACTOR'S disregard of the authority of
ENGINEER; or
4. CONTRACTOR's violation in any substantial
way of any provisions of the Contract Documents.
B. If one or more of the events identified in paragraph
15.02.A occur, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR
(and the surety, if. any) seven days written notice, terminate
00700 - 40
ri
J
u
u
J
i
I
the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR
from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all
CONTRACTOR'S tools, appliances, construction equipment,
and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent
they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to
CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in
the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for
which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are
stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem
expedient. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall not be
entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is
finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds
all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration
or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by OWNER
arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess
will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs,
losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance,
CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such
claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by OWNER will
be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and,
when so approved by ENGINEER, incorporated in a Change
Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this
paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest
price for the Work performed.
C. Where CONTRACTOR'S services have been so
terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any
rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then
existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or
payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will
not release CONTRACTOR from liability.
15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience
A. Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR
and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without
prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to
terminate the Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall
be paid (without duplication of any items):
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals
and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution
costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts
with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and
4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to
termination.
B. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account. of loss
of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss
arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Word or Terminate
A. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the
Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by
OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority,
or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment
within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for 30
days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum fmally determined to
be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days written
notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER
or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure
within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from
OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in
paragraph 15.03. In lieu of terminating the Contract and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGI-
NEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within
30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for 30
days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum fmally determined to
be due, CONTRACTOR may, seven days after written notice
to OWNER and ENGINEER, stop the Work until payment
is made of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including
interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.04 are
not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making a
Claim under paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract
Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage
directly attributable to CONTRACTOR'S stopping the. Work
as permitted by this paragraph.
ARTICLE 16 -DISPUTE RESOLUTION
' 1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in
accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the
effective date of termination, including fair and 16.01 Methods and Procedures
reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date
of termination in performing services and furnishing
labor, materials, or equipment as required by the
Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted
Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses;
3. for all claims, costs, losses, and damages
(including but not limited to all fees and charges of
A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures, if any,
shall be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. If no
method and procedure has been set forth, and subject to the
provisions of paragraphs 9.09 .and 10.05, OWNER and
CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as
either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or
by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute.
' 00700 - 41
ARTICLE 17 -MISCELLANEOUS
17.01 Giving Notice
A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents
requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to
have been validly given if delivered in person to the
individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the
corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent
by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last
business address known to the giver of the notice.
17.02 Computation of Times
A. When any period of time is referred to in the
Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude
the first and include the last day of such period. If the last
day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on
a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable
jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation.
17.03 Cumulative Remedies
A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General
Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder
to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be
construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and
remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise
imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special
warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract
Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as
effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract
Documents in connection with each particular duty,
obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply.
17.04 Survival of Obligations
A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties,
and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance
with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing
obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive
final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or
termination or completion of the Agreement.
17.05 Controlling Law
A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the
state in which the Project is located.
00700 - 42
LI
~'
Ci
LJ
I
~I
L~'
n
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 General
2.0 Defined Terms (GC-1)
3.0 Contract•Bonds, Workmen's Compensation
and Insurance (GC-S)
4.0 "Or Equal" Equipment (GC-6.7)
5.0 Subcontractors and Suppliers (GC-6.8)
6.0 Separate Contractor Claims (GC-7.5)
7.0 Engineer's Status During Performance
of the Work (GC-9)
8.0 Correction Period (GC-13.12)
9.0 Unit Price Work (GC-11.9)
10.0 Application for Progress Payment (GC-14.2)
11.0 Lien Waivers (GC-14.2)
12.0 State of MN Withholding Requirements (GC-14.12)
13.0 Arbitration (GC-16)
14.0 Failure to Complete Work on Time
n
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
1.O GENERAL
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard
General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC No. 1910-8,
1990 edition.) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as
indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or
supplemented .remain in full force and effect.
The reference in parenthesis for each item in these Supplementary
Conditions corresponds to the relevant section of the General
Conditions which is modified by the Supplementary Conditions.
2.O DEFINED TERMS (GG-1)
The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined
in the Standard Conditions of the Construction Contract (No.
1910-8, 1990 edition) have the meanings assigned to them in the
General Conditions.
Completion Date(s): Shall be the date(s) stated in .the Special
Provisions for the completion of the work.
3.0 CONTRACT BONDS, WORF~IEN'S COMPENSATION ~ INSURANCE (GC-5)
A. Contract Bond (GC-5.1)
Prior to signing the contract,. the Contractor shall furnish a
performance bond and a labor and material payment bond to the
Owner and the local municipality for the full amount of the
contract, based on the lump sum bid on the anticipated
quantities and unit prices as determined by the Engineer. This
bond shall have a maintenance guarantee for a period of two (2)
years from final completion and acceptance of the work.
B. Liability Insurance (GC-5.3)
The Contractor shall, as provided in the .General Conditions,
obtain insurance acceptable to the Owner in a company or
companies acceptable to the Owner and shall furnish copies of
all certificates of insurance to the Owner at the time he
executes the Contract.
The Contractor shall not commence work nor shall he allow his
employees or subcontractors or anyone to commence work until
.all required insurance has been obtained and certificates of
insurance submitted to the Owner.
The Contractor shall take out and maintain at all times during
the entire period of performance .and until the work is accepted
Supp. 1
0
u
r
L_ ~I
n
C
u
u
u
ii
i~
i
~~
~~
C
E~
i!
n
C~
D
By the Owner under this contract the required policies of
insurance.
- The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph
5.3 of the .General Conditions shall provide coverage for not
less than the amounts stated in the purchase order. terms .and
conditions or greater where required by laws and regulations.
(1) Worker's Compensation, etc., under paragraphs 5.3.1 and
5.3.2 of the General Conditions:
- State.: Statutory
- Applicable Federal
(e.g. Longshoreman's): Statutory
- Employer's Liability: $100,000
(2) Comprehensive General Liability .under paragraphs 5.3.3
through 5.3.6 of the General Conditions:
- Bodily Injury (including
products' liability):
$250,000
$500,000
completed. operations and
Each Occurrence
Annual Aggregate
- Property Damage:
$250,000 Each Occurrence
$.500,000 Annual Aggregate
or combined single
limit of $1,000,000
- Property Damage Liability insurance will provide
explosion, collapse and underground .coverages where
applicable.
- Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted:
$500,000 Annual Aggregate
(3) Comprehensive Automobile Liability under paragraphs 5.3.7
of the General Conditions:
- Bodily Injury:
$250,000
$500,000
- Property Damage:
$250,000
Each .Person
Each Occurrence
Each Occurrence
or combined single
limit of $1,000,000
C. Contractual Liabilit Insurance (GC-5 4)
The Contractual Liability required by paragraph 5.4 of the
General Conditions shall provide coverage for not ess than the
following amounts:
Supp. 2
ii
- Bodily Injury:
$500,000 Each Occurrence
t
- Property Damage:
$250,000 Each Occurrence
$500,000 Annual Aggregate '
D. Owner's Liability Insurance (GC-5.5)
The Owner and Meyer-Roblin, Inc. shall be named and listed as
additional insureds on the Contractor's general
liability 1
policy. The inclusion of more than one named a.nsured shall not
operate to impair the rights of one insured against another
insured, and the coverages afforded shall apply as though 1
separate policies had been issued to each insured.
E. "All-Risk" Pro ert Insurance (GC-5.6)
Delete paragraph 5.6 of the General conditions in its entirety
and insert the following in its place: ~
"Contractor shall purchase and maintain until final payment
property insurance upon the work at the site to the full
insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as '
may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions or required
by laws and regulations). This .insurance shall include the.
interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors,. Engineer and
Engineer's consultants in the work (all of whom shall. be
listed as insureds or additional insured parties), shall
insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage, shall
include "all-risk" insurance for physical loss and damage '
including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse
and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in
these Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages, '
losses and expenses arising out of or resulting .from any
insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement. of any
insured property (including but not limited to fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other profes-
sionals). If not covered under the "all-risk" insurance or
otherwise provided in these Supplementary Conditions, Contrac-
for shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on '
portions of the work stored on and off the site or_in transit
when such portions of the work are to be included in an
application for payment. The policies of insurance required to
be purchased and maintained by Contractor in accordance with
this paragraph 5.6 shall comply with the requirements of
GC-5.8." '
F. Boiler and Machinery Insurance GC-5.7)
Delete paragraph 5.7 of the General Conditions in its entirety
and insert the following in its place:
"Contractor shall purchase and maintain such boiler and. ,
Supp. 3 '
ii
i~
ii
i~
i~
0
0
machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may
be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and
Regulations which will include the interests of Owner,
Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and Engineer's consul-
tants in the work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or
additional insured parties. All responsibility for the safety
of the work involving any steam boiler or any machinery,
including the steam boiler and machinery itself, shall remain
with the Contractor on that part of the work, and shall so
remain until after testing of the equipment has shown it to
be acceptable to the Owner's boiler and machinery insurer, if
any, and after such work has been accepted in writing by the
Owner ."
G. Receipt and
and GC-5.13
~lication of Pro
erty Insurance Proceeds (GC-5.12
If Contractor is required to purchase property insurance, then
any insured loss will be adjusted with Contractor and payable
to Contractor.
H. Certificates of Insurance
Certificates and endorsements of all required insurance
policies thereof shall be submitted prior to commencing the
work. Proof of insurance shall be submitted directly to the
Owner for review and approval with a record copy only to the
Engineer for his files. The Contractor shall not begin any work
until the Owner has reviewed and approved the Insurance
Certificate. If the Insurance Agent executing the Insurance
Certificate indicates that there are special limitations on the
insurance policy, then a copy of policy exclusions must be
submitted with the Insurance Certificate. Insurance policies
need not be .submitted unless specifically requested by the
Owner.
4.0 "OR EQUAL" EQUIPMENT (GC-6.7)
Major items of mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, and
process equipment have been specified by name followed by the
words "or equal". In all cases the dimensions shown on the plans
are based on the named equipment.
It shall be fully acknowledged and understood that the furnishing
and .installing of any. "or equal" equipment shall include the
preparation and submission of all details, shop and construction
drawings showing all modifications necessary to accommodate such
equipment.
It shall be further acknowledged and understood that if any "or
equal" is bid, the bid shall include all costs necessary to make
any and .all architectural, structural, mechanical and. electrical
changes required to incorporate such equipment into the project.
No extras will be allowed after the award of the Contract for any
modifications required. to install. or properly operate "or equal"
equipment.
Supp. 4
All "or equal" equipment shall conform to the requirements of the
respective parts .and sections of the plans and specifications.
Guarantees shall also conform to the Contract Documents,
The Contractor shall pay for all redesign costs associated with
the retrofitting required for the installation and use of "or
equal" equipment.
5.0 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS (GC-6.8) '
Refer to the. Instructions to Bidders and the Special Provisions
for any ..further requirements regarding subcontractor and supplier
approval.
6.0 SEPARATE CONTRACTOR CLAIMS (New Section GC-7.5)
Should Contractor cause damage to the work or property. of any
separate contractor at the site, or should any claim arising-out
of Contractor's performance of the work at the site be made by any
separate contractor. against Contractor, Owner, Engineer, the
Construction Coordinator or any other person, Contractor shall
promptly attempt to settle with such other contractor by
agreement, or to otherwise resolve the dispute by arbitration or ,
at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by laws
and regulations, indemnify and hold Owner, Engineer and the
Construction Coordinator harmless from and against all claims,
damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited. to, fees
of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and
court and arbitration costs) arising directly, indirectly or
consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by
any separate contractor against Owner, Engineer or the Construc-
tion Coordinator to the extent based on a claim arising out of
Contractor's performance of the work. Should a separate contractor
cause damage to the work or property of Contractor or should the
performance of work by any separate contractor at the site give
rise to any other claim, Contractor shall not institute .any
action, legal or equitable, against Owner, Engineer or the
Construction Coordinator or permit any action against any of them
to be maintained and continued in its name or for its benefit in
any court or before any arbiter which seeks to impose liability on ,
or to recover damages from Owner, Engineer or the Construction
Coordinator on account of any such damage or claim. If Contractor
is delayed at any time in performing or furnishing work by any act '
or neglect of a separate contractor and Owner and Contractor are
unable to agree as to the extent of any adjustment in contract
time attributable thereto, Contractor may make a claim for an
extension of time in accordance with Article 12 of the General '
Conditions. An extension of the contract time shall be Contrac-
tor's exclusive remedy with respect to Owner, Engineer and
Construction Coordinator for any delay, disruption, interference
.
or hinderance caused by any separate contractor. This paragraph
does not prevent recovery from Owner, .Engineer or Construction
Coordinator for activities that are their respective responsibili-
tes. ^
Supp. 5
7.0 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK (GC-9)
This section is a supplement to Article 9--Engineer's Status
During Construction of the General Conditions.
A. Owner's Consultant
The Engineer, as the design professional, will be the Owner's
consultant during the performance of the work. The duties and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of the
Engineer as the Owner's consultant during this period. are set
forth in these Contract Documents and will not be extended
without written consent of the Owner and the Engineer. In the
event of an extension of the Engineer's duties and responsi-
bilities, the Contractor will be provided with written notice
of such amendment.
B. Role as Interpreter
The Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents and the judge of the
performance thereunder. All matters relating to the execution
and progress of the work, or the interpretation of or
performance under the Contract Documents, shall be referred
initially to the Engineer for decision which will be rendered
promptly.
The Engineer will issue such written interpretation of the
Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) as he
may determine necessary which will be consistent with or
reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract
Documents.
1
C. Communications with Contractor
All communications with the Contractor pertaining to perfor-
mance of the work will normally be issued through the Engineer.
D. Resident Project Inspector
The Resident Project Inspector will be either the Engineer or
the Engineer's agent, as so designated. The Resident Project
Inspector is responsible for assisting the Project Engineer in
determining, in general, if the work is completed in accordance
with the plans and specifications and Contract Documents.
Communications pertaining to compliance submittals, written
interpretations, and amendments shall be directed to the
Engineer at his home office with copies to the Resident Project
Inspector.
Communications pertaining to day-to-day operations at the site
shall be directed to the Resident Project Inspector.
E. Authority to Disapprove or Reject Defective Work
All equipment and materials used and all work done with at all
times will be subject to the inspection,- tests, and approval of
the Engineer or his authorized representatives.
Supp. 6
The Engineer has the authority to disapprove or reject any work
which is "defective". He also has the authority to require '
special inspection or testing of the work.
The Engineer has the authority to disapprove or reject any
defective workmanship, equipment or materials.
If the work is defective or the Contractor fails to supply '
sufficient skilled workmen or suitable equipment or materials,
the Engineer may order the Contractor to stop the work or any
portion thereof until the cause for such order :has been
eliminated; however, this right of the Engineer to stop the
work will not give rise to any duty on the part of the Enginee.
to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any
other party. ,
F. Limitations on Engineer's Responsibilities
This article states the limitations on the Engineer's responsi- '
bility as between the Engineer and the Contractor.
Neither. Engineer's authority to act under these Contract
Documents nor any decision made by him in good faith either to '
exercise or not exercise such authority will give .rise to any
duty or responsibility of the Engineer to the Contractor, any
Subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, any of their agents or
employees, or any other person performing any of the work.
The Engineer is not responsible for construction, safety
precautions, and programs incidental thereto. Neither is he
responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
The Engineer is .not responsible for the acts or omissions of
any Contractor or any Subcontractor, Contractor's supplier or
manufacturer, or any of his or their agents or employees.
The presence or absence of the Engineer or his representative
will not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or of any
guarantee of his. performance. Neither will observation by the '
Engineer or his representative in any way be understood to
relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for proper
supervision of the work at all times.
The review and acceptance of the Contractor's compliance
submittals by the Engineer will be understood to be only for
conformance with .the design concept, for compliance with the
intent of the Contract Documents, and to assist the Contractor
in interpreting -the Contract Documents, so as to preclude.
delivery of the equipment or materials not acceptable for the
work. The Engineer's acceptance of compliance submittals will
not place upon him any responsibility for any deviations. from
the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contrac-
tor has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such
Supp. 7
deviation at the time of the submission. and the Engineer has
given-.written. concurrence on the specific deviation. Such
deviations will be included in a contract amendment.
G. Engineer's Pay Estimates
Any Engineer's pay estimate will constitute a representation by
the Engineer to the Owner that work has. progressed to the
extent indicated. To the best of his knowledge, the quality of
the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the
Contractor is .entitled to payment of the amount shown in the
Engineer's pay estimate.
Rendering the Engineer's pay estimate is not an approval of the
quality or quantity of the work, the means or methods of
construction, or the monetary methods used by the Contractor.
The Engineer may refuse to render an Engineer's pay estimate
for the whole or any part of any payment if, in his opinion, it
would be an incorrect representation to the .Owner.
8.0 CORRECTION PERIOD (GC-13.12)
The correction period identified in .paragraph 13.12 of the General
Conditions is hereby amended to call for a two (2) year correction
period, which shall commence after completion and acceptance of
all the work identified in the plans and specifications. All other
requirements of paragraph 13.12 shall remain in effect.
9.0 UNIT PRICE WORK (GC-11.9)
Add the following paragraph:
"11.9.4 If the actual quantity of a unit-priced item varies
more than 15% above or below the estimated quantity, an
equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be negotiated
upon demand of either the Owner or the Contractor.. The
equitable adjustment shall be .based upon any increase or
decrease in costs due solely to the variation above 115% or
below 85% of the estimated quantity."
10.0 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT (GC-14.2)
Change the last sentence to read as follows:
"The Owner shall retain five (5%) percent of the amount of each
payment until final completion and acceptance of all works
covered by the. Contract Documents."
11.0 LIEN WAIVERS (GC-14.2)
The Contractor shall furnish partial or complete lien waivers
along .with each payment request. The lien waivers shall be
submitted by the Contractor, all subcontractors, and all material
suppliers on the project. No payment will be authorized unless the
lien waivers are received.
Supp. 8
u
12.0 STATE. OF MINNESOTA WITHHOLDING REQUIREMENTS (GC-14.12)
The Contractor and all subcontractors shall submit .State form
IC-134, "Withholding Affidavit for Contractors " along. with the
final payment request. No payment will be authorized unless the
IC-134 forms are received.
The Contractor shall also be aware of Minnesota Statute 290.9705
regarding out-of-state contractors.
Forms may be obtained from the Minnesota Department of Revenue,
Busines Trust Tax Division.
13.0 ARBITRATION (GC-16)
Add the .following paragraph:
16.6 "The. Contractor will carry on the work and maintain the
progress schedule during any arbitration proceedings, .unless
otherwise mutually. agreed in writing."
14.0 FAILURE TO COMPLETE WORK ON TIME
Should the Contractor fail to complete the work on or before the
original date(s) set forth for completion in paragraph 1 of the
Special Provisions or on or before the corrected date as granted
by extension of .time for completion, the Owner may permit the
Contractor to proceed, and in such case, there shall be deducted
from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor, the sum
of $250.00 per day for each and every calendar day, exclusive of
Sundays and holidays, that the work shall remain uncompleted. This
sum shall be considered and treated, not as a penalty, but as the
cost of field and office Engineering and Inspections and
Liquidated Damages.
Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any
part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after date
to which the time of completion may have been extended, shall in
no way operate as a waiver on the part of the Owner, or as a
waiver of any of his rights under the contract.
Neither by the taking over of the work by the Owner nor by the
termination of the contract shall the Owner forfeit the right to
recover liquidated damages from the Contractor or his surety for
failure to complete the contract.
~i
~i
Supp. 9
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE 1
I. Project
2. Foreman and Preconstruction Meeting
3. Construction Staking and Observation
4. Construction Limits
5. Utilities
PA~F. 7
6. Contractor-Engineer-Inspector Relationship
7. Subcontractors
8. Incidental Items
9. Responsibility
10. Starting Time
11. Permit Requirements
12. Subsurface Exploration
13. Testing
PAGE 3
14. Compaction
15. Water Service
16. Operation of Existing Gate Valves
17. Water for Construction
PAGE 4
18. Connections
19. Watermain Construction Materials
20. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Materials
21. Shop Drawings
22. Water Service Group
23. Sanitary Sewer Service Group
PA~F ~
24. Bedding
25. Watermain Testing
26. Polyethylene Encasement
27. Method of Measurement - Watermain
PA~F. F
28. Basis of Payment - Watermain
29. Sanitary Sewer Testing
30. Manhole Castings
PA~F. ~
31. Compaction Under Services
32. Protection of Existing Utilities
33. Specifications Which Apply
34. Standard Plates
35. Street Construction
36. Manhole Adjusting Rings
PAGE 8
37. Test Rolling
38. Grading
39. Certificate of Insurance
40. Class 5 Gradation
41. Bituminous Trail
L~~
' 1. PROJECT
The project consists
Minnesota.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
PROJECT N0.98234
of the installation of watermain, sanitary sewer, storm sewer and streets in Albertville,
' Work may begin on the Project on or after July 12, 1999. The Contractor shall complete the utilities, including
sanitary sewer, watermain, and storm sewer and all street work and restoration, excluding the bituminous wear
course, by September 10, 1999. The bituminous wear course shall be paved in the summer of 2000 and shall be
' completed after July 15, 2000. The Contractor shall be subject to the provisions of Article 14 of the
Supplemental conditions for failure to meet these completion dates, as a whole or in part.
fl
0
0
u
!I
u
~'~
2. FOREMAN AND PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Before work is initiated, a preconstruction meeting shall be held between the Engineer, Contractor, Utility
Companies and other involved parties, if any. The Contractor will present to the Engineer an estimated schedule
for completion of various portions of the project. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer who the foreman on
the project will be. The foreman shall be on the job at all times.
The foreman shall be responsible for all phases of the project, including work done by the General Contractor
and the subcontractor. Engineering decisions with regard to the work done by subcontractors shall go through
the General Contractor and specifically the foreman for the job.
3. CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND OBSERVATION
The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least three (3) working days notice for any grade and line stakes or
inspection that he requires for proper execution of any phase of the project. The Contractor shall preserve these
stakes until the work is completed. Restaking required due to Contractor negligence will be the responsibility of
the Contractor.
4. CONSTRUCTION LIMITS
The Contractor shall confine his activities to the right-of-way or designated construction area. Equipment and
material storage or deposition of excavated materials on private property must be approved in writing by the
property owners, a copy of which shall be presented to the Engineer prior to such storage or deposition. Failure
to do so will result in immediate suspension of work until such approval has been obtained or materials removed,
and area restored to its previous condition or better.
5. UTILITIES
The Contractor shall be in communication with the respective utility companies to coordinate their schedule with
any location work that is required.
~J
L
r
n
D
n
n
C
I~
6. CONTRACTOR-ENGINEER-INSPECTOR RELATIONSHIP
The Engineer will not be responsible for the construction means, controls, techniques, sequences, procedures,
or construction safety. All phases of the project shall proceed in accordance with OSHA safety requirements.
The presence of the Engineer or his agents or employees on the job site shall not relinquish the Contractor of
this responsibility or hold the Contractor harmless for the quality of workmanship or defects in materials.
7. SUBCONTRACTORS
All subcontractors that the General will use shall be shown on the proposal form. Any other subcontractor will
not be allowed without explicit written permission by the Engineer.
The General Contractor shall coordinate all work between his subs and the Engineer. The Engineer will not
correspond directly with. any subcontractor. Any on-site meetings that are held will be conducted only if the
General Contractor's foreman is present.
8. INCIDENTAL ITEMS
Any and all additional items of work or other items that must be done to fully complete this project shall be
incidental to the bid items as bid.
9. RESPONSIBILITY
The General Contractor shall be fully responsible for all work that is performed on this project. It is the General
Contractor's responsibility to see that all specifications and testing requirements are followed.
10. STARTING TIME
The Contractor shall not engage in or permit construction activities involving the use of any kind of electric,
diesel, or gas powered machine or other power equipment, except between the hours of 7:00 A. M. and 6:00
P.M. on any weekday with no work on Sundays or legal holidays.
11. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
Permit applications have been submitted to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency and the Minnesota
Department of Health in order to minimize any potential delays in the project. The Contractor should therefore
contact these agencies to determine if there are any special conditions which may apply. The contractor will be
required to comply with all the requirements that these agencies may have. No change orders will be considered
for complying with these requirements.
12. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION
Soil borings have been taken on this Project and are on file for review at the office of the Engineer. It is
recommended the Contractor conduct a thorough subsurface exploration to determine the site's condition in
' addition to the attached soil boring data.
13. TESTING
' The Owner has contracted with an independent testing firm for density testing. If tests fail, it shall be the
Contractor's responsibility to pay for retesting those areas following compaction.
7
' The contractor shall be responsible for coordinating his schedule with the testing firm and all test results shall be
documented with respect to plan stationing, depth and location. Copies of all tests shall be given to the engineer
at a minimum of once every week.
' 14. COMPACTION
The required compaction of all lot grading shall be 95% of the standard proctor density. The required compaction
within roadways and driveways sha-I be 100% of the Standard Proctor Density from finished grade to a point
three (3) feet below finished grade and 95% of the Standard Proctor Density from three (3) feet or greater below
finished grade.
The backfill around and to 12" above the pipe (sanitary sewer, storm sewer and watermain) shall be compacted
' by hand tampers. The required compaction shall be 95% of Standard Proctor Density. All trenches within
roadways shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density in the upper three (3) feet of the trench. At
the time of the compaction, the moisture content of the backfill soils shall be not less than 75% nor more than
115% of optimum moisture content. The Contractor shall add water or dry the soils until this requirement is met.
' If moisture content greater than 125% of optimum moisture content is encountered, the Engineer shall revise the
compaction requirements to meet the best interests of the Owner. Moisture adjustment of the soils shall be
incidental to the pipe installation unit price.
All trench areas not conforming with these requirements shall be excavated and recompacted. The Contractor
shall supply the Engineer at the time of the preconstruction meeting a list of equipment that will be used for
' backfilling and compaction operation. The Engineer reserves the right to shut down work on the project if this
equipment is not utilized during such backfilling and compaction operations. A maximum 12" lift shall be used.
Smaller lifts may be required to obtain the specified density. If 12" lifts are not utilized, the trench will be
completely re-excavated and recompacted in order to achieve maximum compaction lifts of 12". The bedding
material around all pipes shall be compacted in maximum 6" lifts
' 15. WATER SERVICE
Prior to the shutoff of any watermain, the Contractor shall notify the Joint Powers Water Board and the affected
property owners of his working schedule. The Contractor shall give notice 48 hours in advance of the start of
work. The work done during this time shall be done in an efficient manner so that as little inconvenience as
' possible is caused. The Joint Powers Water Utility will not shut off water service prior to 9:00 A.M.
' 16. OPERATION OF EXISTING GATE VALVES
The Contractor shall not turn any existing gate valves to charge new water main lines. Only the Joint Powers
Water Board operator can turn an existing valve. Prior to construction, the Contractor should contact the Joint
Powers Water Board clerk to schedule operation of existing gate valves. It has been the policy of the Board in
' the past to limit operation of existing gate valves to once a day per project.
' 17. WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION
Water for construction purposes may not be taken from any hydrant within the city of St. Michael. Water may be
purchased and obtained from the Joint Water Board at the hydrant in front of the Board's pumphouse and office,
' located at 11100 50th Street Northeast in the city of Albertville. A permit per day must be obtained from the clerk
of the Joint Powers Water Board after paying the required fee. Water may be obtained from this hydrant only
after prior arrangements have been made with the clerk of the Joint Powers Water Board for each day it is to be
used.
18. CONNECTIONS
' All connections to existing lines are incidental. Payment will be made based upon the fittings and pipe length
used.
' 19. WATERMAIN CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
Refer to Joint Powers Water Board Watermain Construction Requirements attached as part of the Project
Specifications.
' 20. SANITARY
AND STORM SEWER MATERIALS
' a. All sewer mains and service wyes shall be constructed utilizing PVC, SDR 35 sewer pipe with
gasketed joints. All sewer services and fittings shall be constructed utilizing PVC, SDR 26
sewer pipe with gasketed joints.
' All sanitary sewer manhole castings shall be Neenah R-1642, or approved equal, with the type
B, self-sealing lid,. concealed pickholes and the appropriate name stamped on it.
' b. All RCP storm sewer pipe shall be Glass III RCP with rubber gasketed joints. Any joint type
other than O-ring shall be approved by the Engineer.
' All HDPE storm sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT 2503, as identified in
MnDOT Technical Memorandum 91070b01, dated April 2, 1991. Soil tight gasketed joints are
to be provided unless noted otherwise on the Plan. Deflection testing shall be done at the
' option of the Engineer and is considered incidental to the Project bid. The flared end sections
for the polyethylene pipe may be constructed of either polyethylene or galvanized steel
materials.
~~
u
u
ri
n
21. SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for manholes and catchbasins approval by the Engineer. A minimum
of three copies of each shall be supplied to the Engineer.
22. WATER SERVICE GROUP
A water service group shall include the curb stop, the service corporation, and any other parts (excluding the
copper pipe necessary for the installation of the water service). All materials shall conform to AWWA Standards.
Tapping saddles shall be used for service corporations on all PVC pipe.
23. SANITARY SEWER SERVICE GROUP
A sewer service connection shall include the wye and bends as required to serve each connection, regardless of
service type. Payment shall be by the individual service connection made and shall include all materials, labor
and equipment necessary for its installation. The sewer service connection does not include the service pipe,
which shall be paid under a separate bid item.
i~
0
' 24. BEDDING
_i
i
J
i
1
J
7
7
~i
n
0
0
0
a. All sanitary sewer mains and services shall be bedded according to detail 2.0068. The bedding
material shall conform to the requirements of Section 2621.2F1 of the Standard Utilities
Specification.
b. Refer to Joint Powers Water Board Construction Requirements and addenda attached thereto.
c. All storm sewer pipe bedding shall be ordinary bedding consisting of natural, on-site soils,
except in cases where the Engineer directs otherwise. The fill material around the pipe (as
shown on detail 3.006 of the detail sheet) shall be less than one inch in diameter and also free
of any organic material or foreign objects.
25. WATERMAIN TESTING
Refer to Joint Powers Water Board Construction Requirements.
26. POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT
All DIP watermain, valves, hydrants, DIP fittings, etc. shall be polyethylene encased. Except for hydrants with
plugged weep holes as required by the Engineer, the polyethylene tubing shall have an open drain outlet.
If C-900 PVC watermain is used, then the watermain shall not be polyethylene encased. However, all valves,
hydrants, DIP fittings, etc. shall be polyethylene encased as described above. Polyethylene encasement of
these items shall be incidental.
27. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT -WATERMAIN
The following revisions are to be made to the Watermain Construction Requirements:
A. delete the fourth sentence of Section 5A and insert the following in its place:
"In the case of hydrant leads, the compensation length shall be from the center of the
connecting main to the center of the hydrant."
B. Delete Section 5C in its entirety and insert the following in its place:
"C. Hydrants
Hydrants shall be measured on a per-unit basis. The unit includes the hydrant, concrete base,
crushed rock, tar paper or plastic cover, hydrant flag, and blocking or restraining devices."
C. Delete Section 5D in its entirety and insert the following in its place:
"D. Fittings
Fittings of each type shall be measured on a per-unit basis."
D. Delete Section 5E in its entirety and insert the following in its place:
"E. Granular Materials
Granular materials used for bedding, encasement, etc. for the watermain shall not be measured
for separate payment."
5
Ilu
L
ii
E. Delete the first sentence of Section 5G and insert the following in its place:
' "Water service connections shall be measured on a per-unit basis."
' 28. BASIS OF PAYMENT - WATERMAIN
The following revisions are to be made to the Watermain construction Requirements:
' A. Delete Section 6C in its entirety and insert the following in its place:
"C. Hydrant
Hydrants shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each, including installing the hydrant,
' concrete base, crushed rock, tar paper or plastic cover, hydrant flag, and blocking or restraining
devices."
' B. Delete Section 6D in its entirety and insert the following in its place:
"D. Fittings
' Fittings shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each type and size, including installation
and blocking."
C. Delete Section 6E in its entirety and insert the following in its place:
E. Granular Matenal
Granular materials used for bedding, encasement, etc. for the watermain, shall be incidental to
the watermain installation."
D. Delete Section 6G in its entirety and insert the following in its place:
' "G. Water Service Connection
Water service connection shall be paid on a per-unit basis, including corporation stop, curb
stop, curb box, and tapping saddle where required."
29. SANITARY SEWER TESTING
' The Contractor shall utilize PVC for construction of the sanitary sewer lines. the Contractor shall pay particular
attention to the bedding requirements for PVC pipe. The PVC pipe shall be tested for a maximum pipe wall
deflection of 5% of the normal pipe size. This testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer at the
completion of all backfilling operations. If any portion of the line is not within the maximum pipe wall deflection of
5%, this portion shall be re-excavated, properly bedded and tamped, and the trench recompacted and tested for
density at no additional expense to the Owner. The line shall then be tested again for pipe deflection. Deflection
testing shall riot be done prior to the pipe being in place for 30 days.
30. MANHOLE CASTINGS
' All sanitary sewer manhole castings shall be Neenah R-1642, or approved equal, with the type B, self-sealing lid
with concealed pickholes and the appropriate name stamped on it.
fl
n
J
I~
7
i~
~i~
1
C
L
u
J
i
31. COMPACTION UNDER SERVICES
Any soil that is subcut from below a service must be compacted back in place at 100% standard proctor density
prior to laying the service. Density tests must be taken to confirm the density. If the soil is not compacted to
100% standard proctor density, then crushed rock must be compacted and placed below the service in order to
ensure no movement. Use of crushed rock shall be at the Contractor's expense.
32. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
During construction operations and particularly during manhole adjustments, the Contractor shall prevent gravel
and debris from entering sewer manholes. In the event of debris or gravel entering the sanitary sewer lines,
these lines shall be jetted by Roto-Rooter or other approved company at the expense of the Contractor. Flushing
of debris or gravel down the sanitary sewer line will not be allowed.
33. SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY
The Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction", 1995 Edition, together
with all supplements thereto, shall govern except as superseded by the attached general Conditions or modified
herein by the Special Provisions and attached specifications. Conversion of metric measurements is to be done
in accordance with ASTM E380.
34. STANDARD PLATES
All references to standard plates MHD shall mean the "Standard Plates" of the Minnesota Department of
Transportation. All other reference to standard plates shall mean those details attached to the plans.
35. STREET CONSTRUCTION
This project consists of the street construction in two (2) construction seasons. After paving the bituminous base
course, all gate valves and manholes shall be adjusted to 3!4" below the top of the finished base course. No
diamonds shall be provided around the gate valves and manholes. Prior to paving the bituminous wear course,
all gate valves and manholes shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the top of the finished wear course. Bituminous
patching around the gate valves and manholes shall be completed a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
bituminous wear course construction. All bituminous patching shall be performed with a smooth drum roller.
Bid items have been provided for adjustment of the manholes and gate valves as noted above. The unit bid
price shall be for the raising of manholes and gate valves for both bituminous pavement courses. These bid
items shall include a!I labor, equipment and materials necessary for removing the bituminous from around the
structures, raising the manhole or gate valve, re-compacting the disturbed gravel and soil, patching the
bituminous, and disposal of all excess debris. Any adjustments of manholes and gate valves required due to
incorrect adjustment by the Contractor will be the responsibility of the Contractor.
36. MANHOLE ADJUSTING RINGS
Mortar for the adjusting rings shall be placed between the rings and on the outside only. No mortar shall be
placed on the inside of the adjusting rings. Mortar protruding into the interior of the manhole shall be removed.
Rings for both the manholes and catch basins shall have at least 1/2" of mortar between them and sufficient
mortar on the outside to fill in the voids.
i
37. TEST ROLLING
The Contractor shall be required to test roll the subgrade and the aggregate base in accordance to Article 2.04
' of the Street Construction Specifications. The subgrade shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the
aggregate base and the aggregate base shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the curbing.
' 38. GRADING
Site grading will be required of the Contractor after construction to restore the site to its initial condition. All
grading work by the contractor for restoration purposes shall be incidental to the unit prices bid.
39. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
' The certificate of insurance must read as follows:
Certificate Holder: Center Oaks Partnership, LLC
' 13736 NE Johnson Street
Ham Lake, MN 55304
Additional Insured: City of Albertville
Meyer-Rohlin, Inc.
S.E.H.
t Cancellation Clause: Should any of the above described policies be materially changed, suspended,
or cancelled before the expiration date thereof, or fail to be renewed upon their
expiration, the issuing company will mail 30 days written notice to the named
certificate holder.
40. CLASS 5 GRADATION
' The Class 5 aggregate base for this Project shall have the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing
1" 100
3/4" 85 - 93
3/8" 50 - 83
No. 4 35 - 73
' No. 10 20 - 60
No. 40 10 - 35
No. 200 5 - 8
41. BITUMINOUS TRAIL
The unit price bid for 8' bituminous trail shall include all materials, labor, preparation, installation and restoration.
' Material quantities for trail construction are not calculated as part of other street items.
n
n
7
STREET CONSTR UCTION SPECIFICATIONS
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 LOCATION OF WORK
The location of this work is as shown on the Plans.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor to do the work
required under this contract in strict conformance with the Plans and Specifications prepared for the purpose by
Meyer-Roblin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota. The work shall
include, but not be limited to, the excavation of the entire roadway between right-of--way lines to the prescribed
subgrade and cross section; supplying, spreading and compacting the subbase; supplying, spreading and compacting
the base; bituminous surfacing of the streets wit the specified tack coat, bituminous bases and bituminous wear of
specified thickness and all necessary backfilling, surface restoration and cleanup, as specified.
1.03 SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY
The Minnesota Department of Transportation (IvInDOT) Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition,
together with all supplements thereto, shall govern except as superseded by the attached General Conditions or
modified herein by the Special Provisions and attached specifications.
2.00 GRADING
2.01 GENERAL
The work covered in this Specification shall consist of the cutting and/or filling of the full street width to provide
the required cross-section shown on the drawings. The work covered by this section will be done in accordance
with Section 2105 and 2112 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified
hereafter.
2.02 SUBGRADE
The subgrade shall be brought to the prescribed cross-section and grade by the necessary excavation and fill by using
acceptable materials and thoroughly compacting all necessary fill material. The subgrade shall then be prepared in
accordance with Section 2.05.
In the event of wet subgrade material, the Contractor shall follow the procedures detailed under Section 2.05 -
Subgrade Preparation.
In the event of structurally poor or unsuitable subgrade material, the Contractor shall follow the procedures
detailed under Section 2.06 -subgrade Excavation.
Proper drainage shall be provided at all times so that the subgrade will be kept free of standing water. Any sofr spots
developing from poor drainage and standing water shall be completely excavated, backfilled, and compacted with an
acceptable dry material at no additional cost to the Owner.
2.03 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT ~2105~
All operations shall be done in accordance with MnDOT Specification No. 2105. All compaction will be done by
1
' the "Specified Density Method".
' Density tests shall be taken to evaluate the compaction achieved. The quantity of tests shall be determined by the
Engineer in the field.
' Where density tests are taken to evaluate the compaction, the fill shall meet the requirements of a minimum of
100% of Standard Proctor Density (AASHTO T-99) in the upper three feet of the embankment and a minimum of
95% of Standard Proctor Density below the upper three feet. At the time of compaction, the moisture content of
the backfill material shall be not less than 75%, nor more than 125%, of "optimum", the Engineer may, at his
' discretion, revise the compaction requirements.
The Engineer reserves the right to reject materials which are over "optimum" moisture content.
' Subgrade excavation is further defined under Section 2.06 of these specifications.
Granular borrow and select granular borrow shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification No. 3149;
maximum particle size to be six inches in diameter.
' 2.04 TEST ROLLING (2111 MODIFIED)
After the above work relative to compaction is completed, the Subgrade shall be test-rolled in accordance with
MnDOT Specification No. 2111, except as follows:
' A. Test rolling shall be performed prior to, intermittently during, and after completion of subgrade
preparation (2112) or Subgrade excavation work (2105) when ordered by the Engineer. The limits of
' yielding or rutting portion of this Specification 21113 shall apply only to the test roll for final acceptance
of the Subgrade preparation; earlier test rolling shall be for the purpose of identifying those areas needing
Subgrade excavation, etc. Later test rolling on the aggregate base course shall be to determine if required
stability and density exists. The "required stability" shall be such that when test rolled, the surface shows
yielding or rutting of no more than 1'fi" measured from the top of the constructed grade to the bottom of
the rut. The "required density" shall be 100% Standard Proctor.
' In embankment/fill areas, the Subgrade may be test rolled at an elevation lower than finished Subgrade
elevation if the condition of the soils being placed indicate that normal Subgrade preparation (2112) cannot
be performed and that Subgrade excavation (2105) may be necessary; this procedure is to eliminate having
to remove materials just previously placed. Test rolling shall also be used in conjunction with the placing of
aggregate or bituminous base courses when ordered by the Engineer. The Subgrade shall pass the test
rolling prior to placement of the aggregate base and the aggregate base shall pass the test rolling prior to
placement of the curbing or bituminous base.
. B. The Contractor will furnish a wheel loader (with operator) or other equipment approved by the
Engineer for test rolling. The wheel loader shall have an approximate bucket size of three cubic yards and
' shall be fully loaded. Test rolling will be required over the entire length and width of the proposed
.roadway and one foot outside the back of curb. Test rolling shall be performed as many times as deemed
necessary by the Engineer. The costs of the wheel loader and operator and any other costs incurred during
test rolling shall be incidental to construction of the Subgrade or base and no direct compensation will be
' made therefore. Test rolling, including re-testing of repaired, failed sections, shall also be considered as
incidental.
' 2.05 SUBGRADE PREPARATION (2112)
The Subgrade shall be prepared in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2112, except as follows:
' The Contractor shall have the option, at his discretion, to choose one of the methods described below for
J
subgrade preparation. Other methods proposed by the Contractor must be approved by the Engineer. The
method of payment shall be by the square yard (sy) prepared. No compensation will be paid for subgrade
replacement soils, regardless of source or method used.
A. FARMING
The Contractor shall prepare the top 12 inches of subgrade by means of scarifying, aerating or watering, in
order to obtain the required stability and density to pass a roll test as described in Section 2.04. Work areas 1
for scarification, aeration, and watering are not limited to the street section alignment. Boulevards or vacant
lots may be used for spreading and working the soil. Any area outside of the right-of--way must be
approved by the Engineer prior to disturbing the area.
If wet soils are encountered, the Contractor shall continue to dry, aerate, or "farm" the subgrade until the
required stability and density have been achieved. If this method is unsuccessful or the Contractor so
chooses, the method for subgrade soil replacement shall be required. No compensation will be paid for '
work, material, time or any other expenses occurred or lost while trying to prepare the subgrade by this
method, other than payment for the final accepted subgrade.
B. SUBGRADE SOIL REPLACEMENT
The Contractor shall prepare the top 12 inches of subgrade by excavation and replacement with suitable '
soils. All excavation shall be by the load and haul method in an attempt not to disturb the already
questionable stability of the virgin soils below the sub-cut.
All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade soil replacement shall be approved by the Engineer.
All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade soil replacement shall be compacted in accordance
with MHD 2105 as previously mentioned in Section 2.03. All replacement materials in the top 12 inches of
the subgrade shall then be compacted in accordance with the provisions of subgrade preparation (MHD
2112).
Excavation for subgrade soil replacement shall be made to the depths and location so chosen by the
Contractor. Areas of subgrade soil replacement may be at random locations throughout the roadbed or
may be a "core-type excavation", wherein the roadbed is excavated for its entire length and width.
Excavated materials shall be classified as Excess Material and disposed of according to Section 02200, part ,
3.02.
Unstable areas of subgrade due to inclement weather shall be prepared by the contractor at no compensation. '
subgrade previously determined satisfactory and now failing due to inclement weather also shall be repaired at no
additional compensation.
Tests shall be taken at the rate of one test for every 100 feet of subgrade prepared. Testing shall be by an 1
independent test lab at the Contractor's expense. Under no circumstances shall subbase material be hauled until the
subgrade has been approved by the Engineer with respect to grade and density. '
2.06 SUBGRADE EXCAVATION ~2105~
subgrade excavation shall consist of all excavations made below the top 12" of the subgrade surface of the road and '
between the shoulder slopes, which are not made for the purpose of obtaining topsoil, and the materials of which
are not classified for payment such as rock excavation. This work shall include the removal and disposal of
unsuitable materials in the roadbed and replacing such materials with common excavation, common borrow,
granular borrow, or base materials, together with any other work necessary to provide drainage for the excavations.
subgrade excavation shall be made to the depths and location indicated by the Engineer. Areas of subgrade
excavation may be required at random locations throughout the roadbed or may be required as a "core-type
"
excavation
, wherein the roadbed is excavated for its entire length and width. No subgrade excavation shall be done '
' prior to attempting subgrade preparation, subgrade soil removal (top 12"), and test rolling.
' All excavation shall be by the load and haul method, in an attempt not to disturb the already questionable stability
of the virgin soils below the sub-cut. Common excavation, common borrow, granular borrow, or base materials,
when used in replacing materials removed through subgrade excavation, shall be as follows:
' A. Common Excavation Material (2105.2A)
Common excavation material to be used in subgrade excavation must be approved by the Engineer prior to
placing. When this material is used, the Contractor shall be paid for both excavation of the unsuitable
' materials and replacement of the unsuitable materials with common excavation, at the common excavation
unit price, provided the common excavation material is furnished from an initial excavation area. If the
common excavation material has been moved once initially and stockpiled, then the material will be paid as
' common borrow material, as described below. The excavation and replacement are both paid through the
unit bid price of the material used for replacement.
' B. Common Borrow Material (2105B)
When suitable or ample common excavation material cannot be found within the excavation limits, the
common borrow material approved by the Engineer will be used in subgrade excavation. Borrow material
will be obtained within the right-of-way if available; it not, it may be obtained off the right-of-way at a
location located and negotiated by the Contractor and Engineer. Regardless of the location of the borrow
source, only one bid item will apply for furnishing of the borrow. When common borrow is used, the
Contractor shall be paid for both excavation of the unsuitable materials and replacement of the unsuitable
' materials with common borrow, at the common excavation unit price. The excavation and replacement are
both paid through the unit bid price of the material used for replacement.
L
I1
C. Granular Borrow Material (3149
When common excavation or common borrow material cannot be obtained by the contractor on or off
the right-of-way, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to use granular borrow material for subgrade
excavation.
When granular borrow is used, the contractor shall be paid for both replacement of the unsuitable
materials and excavation of the unsuitable materials with granular borrow at the granular borrow unit
price. The excavation and replacement-are both paid through the unit bid price of the material used for
replacement.
All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade excavation shall be compacted in accordance with 2105, as
previously mentioned in Section 2.03.
Payment for subgrade excavation shall be by the original in-place cubic yard (c.y.) and shall be compensation for
excavation, disposal of the material, and placement of suitable soils at material unit cost.
INCLEMENT WEATHER: No subgrade excavation shall be used to correct conditions caused by inclement
weather. In cases where inclement weather is continuous and for long periods of time, and does not allow for
expeditious completion of subgrade preparation by use of 2112, 2105, and/or Section 2.05, the Engineer may require
the Contractor to prepare the roadways as follows:
A. Make a core excavation of the subgrade to a depth as directed by the Engineer.
0
B. Replace the excavated material below subgrade with the same materials to be used for base material
(Class 5 etc.) and then immediately continue to place the loose material in the area above the subgrade
elevation. The subgrade excavation and the base course both shall be constructed with base material in a
fashion which will contribute to "bridging". In this case, after the subgrade excavation has been made and
4
I~
the conditions do not allow for compaction, then the bottom of the subgrade excavation shall be subcut to t
a uniform bottom and the base material shall be placed in a fashion to prevent pumping of intrusion of the
subgrade into the base material. Generally, the first 12 inches of the material shall be deposited on the
subgrade before any rolling or compaction begins. All compaction done in this situation shall be b use of
static equipment.
C. When this procedure for subgrade excavation is used, the Contractor shall be paid for excavating the
unsuitable materials below subgrade elevation and shall be paid for all base materials used above and below
subgrade elevation, all at contract unit price; the compaction of this base material shall be considered
incidental. Also, when this method is used, the Contractor shall not be paid for subgrade preparation '
(2112).
Base material used for backfill, as described above for."bridging", will be paid for at the same unit price paid-under '
the applicable base price and unit.
Any over-excavated areas shall be returned to the proper grade and cross-section by the Contractor at no additional '
cost to the Owner.
2.07 EXCESS MATERIAL
Excess material not used on the project is the property of the Owner and shall be disposed of as directed by the
Engineer. Disposal of the excess material shall be incidental to the excavation unit price and project.
3.00 CLEARING OF STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY
3.01 GENERAL
This work shall consist of removing and disposing of trees, shrubs, roots, windfalls, stumps and abandoned '
structures such as sidewalk, curb and gutter, culverts, manholes, and catch basins. The work shall include the
salvaging of designated. materials. and the backfilling of the resulting trenches, holes and depressions.
3.02 REMOVING MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES
The contractor shall remove and dispose of all abandoned structures and obstructions designated by the engineer.
Culverts, manholes and catch basins shall be salvaged and the Contractor shall deliver all salvaged structures to the
Owner. Sidewalks, curb and gutter and driveway pavement shall be removed at a joint or shall be sawed to one- '
third the thickness of the concrete. The exposed edge of removal shall be straight with no chips or cracks.
4.00 AGGREGATE BASE
4.01 GENERAL
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when the subgrade is to proper grade and cross-section for acceptance
before proceeding with the base.
This work shall consist of construction of one or more courses of aggregate base on a prepared sub-base. Work shall
be done in accordance with section 2211 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except
as modified hereafter.
4.02 MATERIALS
' Gravel material shall be of the class designated on the typical section of the Plans. Gravel material shall meet the
requirements of Section 3138 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as
' modified hereafter.
' 4.03 TESTING
Samples of the aggregate base material shall be taken at the project site at the rate of one test for every 1000 feet of
base (minimum). A minimum of two tests shall be required on the project. An independent lab shall perform the
tests and confirm the gradation. All test reports shall indicate the location where the samples were taken. The gravel
shall meet Class 5 gradation requirements prior to the placement of curbing or bituminous application.
4.04 COMPACTION
' Compaction shall be by the_"Specified Density Method." Tests shall betaken at the rate of one (1) test for every 100
feet of aggregate placed. Testing shall be by an independent test lab and shall be paid for on a per-test basis. Re-
testing shall not be paid for. The base material shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density.
' 4.05 QUALITY CONTROL
The gravel base shall be approved 24 hours before the bituminous base application. The base shall be within 'k"± at
the crown and quarter crown.
J
i:~
J
4.06 PAYMENT
Payment for the aggregate base shall be on the basis of cubic yards of material furnished and compacted in place and
shall be compensation in full for all costs incidental to its construction.
5.00 BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE
5..01 WORK INCLUDED
The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise; furnish all material, equipment, tools and labor for the
construction of a paver-laid bituminous base as noted on the Plans,-and shall be done in-accordance with Section
2331 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified below.
5.02 AGGREGATE
The aggregate material shall meet the requirement of aggregate size B, Table 3139-1, Section 3139, for both type 31
and type 32, Base Course Mixtures, Section 2331.
5.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL
The bituminous material shall be asphalt cement, classified by the Performance Grading (PG) System and shall meet
or exceed the requirements for PG 52-34.
The oil content shall be within plus or minus 0.3% of the amount determined by the design mix. The oil content
' shall meet or exceed the minimum percentages by weight identified in Table 2331-1, Section 2331, for the
appropriate mixture type. Cost of the design mix shall be incidental to the payment for bituminous base.
' 5.04 CONSTRUCTION
All concrete curb and gutter must be backfilled before any blacktop is applied to the street. Prior to placement of
' the base course, any existing .bituminous surface abutting it shall have a straight saw-cut joint made, it shall be
cleaned, and it shall be liberally tacked with a bituminous material. After paving the base, all gate valves and
manholes on this project shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the finished base course for the winter. All disturbed
aggregate base shall be recompacted and the bituminous base patched.
Compaction shall be by the "ordinary compaction" method. Each layer shall be compacted until there is no further
evidence of consolidation, using a tamping, steel-wheeled or pneumatic-tired roller, meeting the requirements of the
MnDOT Specification 2123. The Engineer may elect to test the compaction with field density tests. The base
material shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density.
5.05 PAYMENT
The bituminous base shall be paid for on the basis of square-yard-inch at plan- thickness: Unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer, all streets shall be constructed with a bituminous thickness as shown on the Plans.
Payment shall be compensation for preparation of all existing surfaces, furnishing materials, laying and rolling.
6.00 BITUMINOUS WEARING COURSE
b.01 WORK INCLUDED
The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor for the
construction of aplant-mixed, paver-laid, bituminous surface as noted on the Plans, and shall be done in accordance
with Section 2331 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified below.
6.02 AGGREGATE
The aggregate material shall meet the requirements of aggregate size A, table 3139-1, Section 3139, for both type 41
and type 42 Wearing Course Mixtures, Section 2331.
6.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL
The bituminous material shall be asphalt cement, classified by the Performance Grading (PG) System and shall meet
or exceed the requirements for PG 52-34.
The oil content shall be within plus or minus 0.3% of the amount determined by the design mix. The oil content
shall meet or exceed the minimum percentages by weight identified in Table 2331-1, Section 2331, for the
appropriate mixture type. Cost of the design mix shall be incidental to the payment for bituminous wear.
6.04 CONSTRUCTION
At least 48 hours prior to paving the wearing course, all manholes and gate valves on the project shall be adjusted to
3/4" below the top of the finished wearing course grade. All disturbed aggregate base shall be recompacted and the
bituminous base patched and rolled.
Prior to the application of any bituminous wearing course mixture, the base course shall be thoroughly swept and a
bituminous tack coat placed in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2357. The bituminous tack coat shall be
applied at a rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard. The cost of the tack shall be included in the wear course unit price.
Prior to paving, a 3/4" plate shall be placed over each manhole.
After the street has been paved and prior to rolling, a 3/4" plywood plate shall be placed over each gate valve and
the edges raked.
7
Compaction shall be by the "ordinary compaction" method. Each layer shall be compacted until there is no further
' evidence of consolidation, using a tamping, steel-wheeled or pneumatic-tired roller, meeting the requirements of the
MnDOT Specification 2123. The Engineer may elect to test the compaction with field density tests. The wear
material shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density.
' The bituminous wear course at the edge of the curb and gutter shall be I/a" above the edge, following compaction.
The additional cost of the materials along the edge shall be incidental to the cost of the wear course.
C
L
C
C
L
6.05 PAYMENT
.The- bituminous wear shall. be paid.for.on the basis. of square-yard-inch at plan thickness. Unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer, all streets shall be constructed with a bituminous thickness as shown on the Plans.
Payment shall be compensation for cutting the existing bituminous, sweeping, tack coat, furnishing materials, laying
and rolling.
At the conclusion of the project, cores in the blacktop may be ordered if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the
pavement does not meet the Specifications. Aminimum of one core for every 400 feet of roadway shall be taken.
The following tests shall be run by an independent test lab at the Contractor's expense.
1. Thickness
2. Marshall Density
3. Gradation
4. Extraction
5. Void Content
If the Marshall density for the cores is less than the specified minimum density, then in lieu of being removed and
replaced to an acceptable condition it will be accepted at a reduced rate, according to MnDOT Specification 2331.3,
1988 Edition.
In addition, an average thickness of all the cores shall be computed. Based upon that thickness, payment for both
the wear and base shall be adjusted according to the following schedule:
r
u
u
ii
a. average thickness 0.15 inches less than plan and greater (except where ordered by the Engineer):
payment made at unit prices.
b. average thickness: 0.16-0.25 inches less than plan: 15% reduction of unit prices as bid.
c. average thickness 0.26-0.50 inches less than plan: 30% reduction of unit prices as bid.
d. any specific area which has a test thickness less than plan thickness minus 0.50 inches shall be
replaced.
7.00 HAUL SLIPS
"Haul slips" showing tonnage of all bituminous and rock material delivered to the job site shall be submitted to the
Engineer on a daily basis. All tonnage tickets shall be weighed and not estimated.
Unless the method of payment called for on the proposal is by the ton, all haul slips supplies will be used for
verification of the cubic yard or square yard quantities only.
8
8.00 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION AND TESTING
All phases of the work shall be open to the Engineer or his representative and the Contractor shall allow the use of
such facilities as are necessary to properly inspect the work. The Contractor shall submit test results as determined
by an approved testing laboratory of all materials to be used before any related construction begins. The Contractor
shall furnish reasonable amounts of the materials during the construction progress to be used for periodic testing.
9.00 CLEANUP
When the work has been completed, the contractor shall remove from the site all extra material, equipment, debris
and other supplies. The site shall be cleaned up as is necessary to leave all property in substantially the same
condition as it was before the project.
9
i~
J
i
CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRII'TION
Curb or combined curbs and gutters, sidewalks and driveway aprons, shall consist of air-entrained portland
cement concrete constructed on a prepared subgrade in accordance with these specifications. This work shall be
in reasonable cost conformity with the lines and grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the
Plans or established by the Engineer. All work shall be performed in accordance with MnDOT Specifications.
All curb not conforming to the design as specified on the Plans is to be removed and replaced at no cost to the
Owner. Type B curb is to be placed at all curb returns with a minimum 10' transition to other curb types.
CONCRETE.
1 The air-entrained portland cement concrete shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 246E The
component parts shall be batched by weight, in proportions, to produce a concrete developing a minimum
compressive strength of 4000 psi in 28 days.
1 The concrete shall have a uniform consistency and slump. The slump shall be between 1 and 3 inches for hand-
vibrated concrete, between 2 and 4 inches for hand-tamped or spaded concrete, and between 1/z and 2 inches for
1 concrete placed by a slipform/extrusion machine.
A design mix shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to installation. Any addition of excess water,
1 as determined by the Engineer, to the concrete during placement, will result in removal and replacement of
affected material.
1 BASE PREPARATION
The base shall be a minimum thickness of 6 inches of Class 5 gravel under all curb and gutter and all driveway
aprons. A minimum base thickness of 4 inches of pit run sand shall be placed beneath all sidewalks. The base
1 shall be compacted and shall extend a minimum of one foot outside the curb and drives and 0.5 feet outside
sidewalk forms. The base shall be reasonably dense, firm, trimmed to a uniform smooth surface and in a moist
condition when the concrete is placed.
1
MACHINE PLACEMENT
1 The slipform/extrusion machine approved shall be so designed as to place, spread, consolidate, screed, and finish
the concrete in one complete pass in such a manner that a minimum of hand finishing will be necessary to
provide a .dense and homogeneous concrete section. The machine shall shape, vibrate, and/or extrude the
1 concrete for the full width and depth of the concrete section being placed. It shall be operated with as nearly a
continuous forward movement as possible. All operations of mixing, delivery,. and spreading concrete shall be
so coordinated as to provide uniform progress, with stopping and starting of the machine held to a minimum.
1
0
FORMED METHOD '
The forms shall be of wood, metal, or other suitable material that is straight and free from warp, having
sufficient strength to resist the pressure of the concrete without displacement, and sufficient tightness to prevent '
the leakage of mortar. Flexible or rigid forms of proper curvature may be used for curves having a radius of 100
feet or less. Division plates shall be metal.
The front and back forms shall extend for the full depth of the concrete. All of the forms shall be braced and
staked so that they remain in both horizontal and vertical alignment until their removal. They shall be cleaned
and coated with an approved form-release agent before concrete is placed against them. '
The concrete shall be deposited into the forms without segregation and then it shall be tamped and spaded or
mechanically vibrated for thorough consolidation. Low roll. or mountable curbs maybe formed without the use
of a face form by using a straightedge and templet to form the curb face. When used, face forms shall be
removed as soon as possible to permit finishing. Front and back forms shall be removed without damage to the
concrete after it has set. '
FINISHING '
The plastic concrete shall be finished smooth, if necessary, by means of a wood float and then it shall be given a
final .surface texture using a light broom or burlap drag. Concrete that is adjacent to forms and formed ~omts
shall be edged with a suitable edging tool to the dimension shown on the plans. '
JOINTnvG
Contraction Joints
Transverse, weakened-plane, contraction joints shall be constructed at right angles to the curb line at
intervals not exceeding 15 feet in the curb and 4-feet squares in the sidewalk. Joint depth shall average
at least 1/a of the cross section of the concrete.
Contraction joints may be sawed, hand-formed, or made by 1/8 inch-thick division plates in the
formwork. Sawing shall be done early after the concrete has set to prevent the formation of
uncontrolled cracking. The joints may be hand-formed either by (1) using a narrow or triangular
jointing tool or a thin metal blade to impress a plane or weakness into the plastic concrete, or (2)
inserting U8-inch-thick steel strips into the plastic concrete temporarily. Steel strips shall be withdrawn
before final finishing of the concrete. Where division plates are used to make contraction joints, the
plates shall be removed after the concrete has set and while the forms are still in place. ,
Expansion Toints
Expansion joints shall be constructed at right angles to the curb line at 300' maximum intervals, at '
immovable structures and at points of curvature for short-radius curves. Filler material for expansion
joints shall conform to requirements of ASTM D994, D1751, or D1752 and shall be furnished in a
single 3/4-inch-thick piece for the full depth and width of the joint. '
ii
L
i~
i~
i~
i~
i~
i~
J
J
n
7
n
i~
r.
Expansion joints in a slipformed curb or curb and gutter shall be constructed with an appropriate hand
tool by raking or sawing through partially set concrete for the full depth and width of the section. The
cut shall be only wide enough to permit a snug fit for the joint filler. After the filler is placed, open
areas adjacent to the filler shall be filled with concrete and then trowelled and edged.
Alternatively, an expansion joint may be installed by removing a short section of freshly extruded curb
and gutter immediately, installing temporary holding forms, placing the expansion joint filler, and
replacing and reconsolidating the concrete that was removed. Contaminated concrete shall be discarded.
OtherJoints
Construction joints may be either butt- or expansion-type joints. Curbs or combined curbs and gutters
constructed adjacent to existing concrete shall have the same type of joints as in the existing concrete,
with similar spacing; however, contraction joint spacing shall not exceed 15 feet. Curbing placed in
conjunction with concrete paving shall be jointed according to the type of joint indicated on the Plan
and Profile.
Reinforcing Steel
The Contractor shall install two (2) No. 4 steel reinforcing bars, twenty feet in length, across each service trench
or any other trench which crosses the curbing. Two (2) No. 4 steel reinforcing bars four feet in length shall be
installed at all transitions from machine placed versus hand placed curbing. Reinforcing. cages to be installed
behind the catch basin castings shall conform to detail 4.017A.
Protection
The Contractor shall always have material available to protect the surface of the plastic concrete against rain.
These materials shall consist of waterproof paper or plastic sheeting. For slipform construction, materials such
as wood planks or forms to protect the edges shall also be required
When concrete is being placed in cold weather, and the temperature may be expected to drop below 35° F,
suitable protection shall be provided to keep the concrete from freezing until it is at least 10 days old. Concrete
injured by frost action shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
CunnQ
Concrete shall be cured for at least three days after placement to protect it against loss of moisture, rapid
temperature change, and mechanical injury. Moist burlap, waterproof paper, white polyethylene sheeting,
white liquid membrane compound, or a combination thereof, may be used as the curing material. Membrane
curing shall not be permitted in frost-affected areas when the concrete will be exposed to de-icing chemicals
within 30 days after completion of the curing period.
BackfillinE
After the concrete has set sufficiently, the spaces in front and back of curbs shall be .refilled with suitable
material to the required elevations. the fill material shall be thoroughly tamped in layers. It shall be the
Contractor's responsibility to protect the curbing during all phases of the backfilling operation. Any curbing
damaged during this process shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
3
Testm~ ,
Not less than three test cylinders of standard size and manufacture shall be made for each 50 cubic yards of
concrete placed, or for each day's operations unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. One cylinder from each
set shall. be tested at seven days and one cylinder at 28 days, in accordance with ASTM C-31. The third cylinder
shall be retained as a spare in case problems occur with either of the other two.
Air entrainment and slump tests shall be taken on each load prior to placement.
To cast the cylinders, fill the molds in three equal layers and uniformly rod each layer 25 times with abullet- '
nosed rod. When rodding the second and third layers, the rod should just break through into the layer beneath.
The molds should be filled continuously and without interruption. After rodding the top layer, tap the cylinder
lightly to close any voids that might have a trowel, and cover immediately to prevent loss of moisture. Be sure
the cylinders are on a level surface during curing and that the tops are smooth and level to ensure minimum
laboratory preparation and the best test results.
Test results indicating concrete substandard from the above requirements shall be reason for halting concreting '
operations and investigation of the cause of the deficiency, and removal and replacement of concrete placed
during the period represented by the test, if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such action is necessary to protect
the structural integrity of the construction. '
All testing shall be done at the Contractor's expense by an approved testing laboratory Test results shall be
submitted once a week to the Engineer. '
u
17
n
n
u
i
J
PART II STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SAPdITARY SEWER AND STORM
SEWER INSTALLATION - 2621
2621.1 Description
2621.2 Materials
A. Sewer Pipe and Service Line Mater~_als
B. Metal Sewer Castings
C. Precase Concrete Manhole and CatcYr Basin
D. Concrete
E. Mortar
F. Granular Materials
G. Piling
H. Insulation
2621.3 Construction Requirements
A. General Provisions
B. Excavation and Preparation of Trench
C. Installation of Pipe and Fittings
D. Appurtenance Installations
E. Sewer Service Installations
F. Manhole and Catch Basin Structure:;
G. Reconnecting Existing Facilities
H. Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing
I. Pipeline Backfilling Operations
J. Restoration of Surface Improvements
K. Maintenance and Final Cleanup
L. Deflection Test
M. Televising
2621.4 Method of Measurement
A. Sewer Pipe
B. Manholes
C. Catch Basins
D. Outside Drop Connection
E. Service Connection
F. .Service Pipe
G. Special Pipe Fittings
H. Appurtenant Items
I. Granular Materials
J. Piling
K. Insulation
2621.5 Basis of Payment
- iv -
0
2621.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the construction of pipe sewers
utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials,
installed for conveyance of sewage, industrial wastes, or storm
water. The work includes construction of manhole and catch basin
structures and other'~related items as specified.
Use of the term "Plans,. Specifications, and Special
Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean
those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these
specifications and are accepted as an enforceable component of
the Contract- or Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT
Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the
Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications
for Construction, as modified by any MnDOT Supplemental
Specifications issued before the date of advertisement for bids.
All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI,
AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on
the date of advertisement for bids.
2621.2 MATERIALS
All materials required for this work shall be new material
conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for
the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated
in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required
materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options
are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material,
the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans,
Specifications, or Special Provisions.
All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such
standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in
the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of
material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details
as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards.
At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit
in writing a list of materials and suppliers for approval.
Suppliers shall submit a Certificate of Compliance that the
materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with
the specifications.
A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials
All pipe furnished for main sewer
installations shall be of the type, kind,
indicated for each particular lire segment
Plans and .designated in the Contract
- 44 -
0
u
u
n
n
u
~~
and sewer line
size and class
as shown in the
Items. Wherever
connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required,
the method of joining and any special fittings employed
' shall be subject to approval by the Engineer.
Al Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings
Vitrified clay extra strength pipe and fittings shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM C-700 for the size and
' type and class specified, subject to the following
supplementary provisions:
' (1) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe and fittings
shall be non-perforated, full circular type, either
glazed or unglazed.
(2) All pipe and fittings manufactured with bell-and-
spigot ends shall be furnished with factory. fabricated
compression joints conforming to the requirements of
' ASTM C-425..
(3) In lieu of the bell-and-spigot jointing requirements,
' the pipe and fittings may be furnished with plain
ends, in which case the jointing shall be b
means
f
y
o
compression couplings conforming to the requirements
of ASTM C-425, Type B.
(
4) All clay pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, plugs,
etc.) shall be of the same pipe class and joint design
' as the pipe to which they are to be attached.
(5) Pipe and fittings manufactured to the standards of
' AASHTO M-65 may be accepted by prior approval of the
Engineer
.
' A2 Plastic Truss Pipe and Fittings
Plastic truss pipe and fittings shall. conform to the
requirements of ASTM D-2680, Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-
' Styrene (ABS) Composite Pipe, and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
pipe, 8 .inch through 15 inch diameter and joint type
specified, subject to the following supplementary pro-
' visions:
(1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe joints and
fittings.. connections shall be gasket seal. joints,
' assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by
the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where
specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions.
u
- 45 -
(2) All factory cut pipe ends shall be sealed at the plant
or in the field with suspended ABS joint cement.
(3) The spigot end of each pipe section shall be provided '
with suitable marking or gasket stop to indicate full
closure of the assembled joints.
(4) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be fur- '
nished with coupling factory-attached to one end of
each pipe section. Tee and wye fittings may be '
furnished separately for field installation.
A3 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe and Fittings
The pipe and fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile
Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use
or installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type
may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for
Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions.
Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of
ANSI A-21.51 (Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal
Molds or Sand-Lined Molds). Gray iron pipe shall conform
to the requirements of ANSI A-21.6 (Cast Iron Pipe
Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds) or to the requirements
of ANSI A-21.8 (Cast Iron. Pipe Centrifugally Cast in '
Sand-Lined Molds). In addition, the pipe shall comply with
the following supplementary provisions:
(1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI
A-21.10 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or ANSI
A-21.53 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint
type specified. '
(2) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings
shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting
the requirements of ANSI A-21.4 for standard thickness
lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings
shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil
thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating
adhesion, shall be cause for rejection.
A4 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings
Reinforced concrete pipe, fittings and specials shall
conform with the. requirements of MnDOT Specification 3236
(Reinforced Concrete Pipe) for the type, size,-and strength
class specified, subject to the following supplementary
provisions: '
- 46 -
(1} All branch fittings such as tees, wyes, etc, shall be
' cast as integral parts of the pipe. .All fittings and
specials shall be of the same strength class as the
pipe to which they are attached.
' (2) When flexible watertight joints are specified, joints
shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-361.
0
n
0
i~
(3) Lift .holes will not be permitted unless specifically
authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special
Provisions.
A5 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings
Corrugated steel pipe and fittings shall conform to the
requirements of MnDOT Specification 3226 (Corrugated Steel
Pipe) for the type, size and sheet thickness specified,
subject to the following supplementary provision:
(1) When specifically provided for in the Plans, Specifi-
cations, and Special Provisions, the galvanized steel
pipe and fittings shall be furnished with special
aramid fiber bonded, bituminous, or plastic coating or
concrete lining as required.
A6 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings
Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall
conform with the requirements of ASTM D-3034 for the size,
standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements
indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special
Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive
soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the
requirements of ASTM D-543.
(1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings
shall be SDR 35 and connections shall be push-on with
elastomeric gasketed joints which are bonded to the
inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket.
Corrugated polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings with
smooth interior shall conform with the requirements of ASTM
F-949. for the size and wall .thickness indicated on the
Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions.
(1) Unless otherwise specified,
shall be push-on with -snug
meeting tightness requirements
- 47 -
all pipe and fittings
fit elastomeric joints
of ASTM 3212.
A7 Cast Iron Soil Pipe
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions, cast iron pipe shall be service
weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A-74 and the
Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless ,
otherwise speci°~ied, pipe joints shall be push-on, sealed
with elastomeric gaskets.
A8 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe
and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM '
D-2751 for 4 inch and 6 inch diameter and joint type
specified, subject to the following supplementary provi-
sions:
(1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe joints and
fitting connections shall be gasket seal joints, '
assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by
the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where
specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions.
B Metal Sewer Castings
Metal castings for sewer structures such as manhole
frames and covers, catch basin frames, grates and curb
boxes, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-48 (Gray '
Iron Castings), subject to the following supplementary
provisions:
(1) Casting assemblies or dimensions, details, weights,
and class shall be as indicated in the detailed
drawings for the design designation specified. Unless '
otherwise specified, the castings shall be Class 30 or
better.
(2) Lid-to-frame surfaces on round casting assemblies '
shall be"machine milled to provide true bearing around
the entire circumference.
(3) Casting weight shall be not less than 95 percent of ,
theoretical weight for a unit cast to exact dimen-
sions, based on 442 pounds per cubi c foot.
(4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with
each shipment of castings stating that the materials
furnished have been tested and are in compliance with
the specification requirements.
D
- 48 -
(5) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manholes in
areas subject to flooding by surface water shall have
self-sealing lids and recessed pick holes.
(6) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manhole
lids shall have recessed pick holes.
C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections
Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units
(grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.)
used in the. construction of manhole .and catch basin
structures, shall conform with the requirements of ASTM
C-478, subject to the following supplementary provisions:
' (1) The precast sections and appurtenant units shall
conform to all requirements as shown on the detailed
drawings.
' (2) Joints of manhole riser sections shall be tongue and
groove with rubber "0" ring joints provided on
sanitary sewer manholes. Sanitary sewer inlet and
outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a
gasketed, flexible, watertight connection or any
watertight connection arrangement that allows differ-
ential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take
place.
(3) Air-entrained concrete shall be used in the production
' of all units. Air content shall be maintained within
the range of 5 to 7 percent.
' (4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with
each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin
sections stating that the materials furnished have
' been tested and are in compliance with the specifica-
tion requirements.
I1
u
u
1
(5) Lift holes will not be permitted in precast manholes.
D Concrete
Concrete forecast-in-place masonry construction shall be
produced and furnished in accordance with the requirements
of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix designation
indicated in the Plans. The requirements for Grade B
concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not
specified. Type 3 (air-entrained) concrete shall be
furnished and used in all structures having weather
exposure.
- 49 -
u
~~
E Mortar
Mortar for use in masonry construction shall be an
air-entrained mixture of one part Portland cement and three
parts mortar sand, with sufficient water to produce proper
consistency, and with sufficient air-entrained agent added
to maintain ari air content within the range of 7 to 10
percent. Mortar shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-270.
F Granular Materials
Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding,
encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may be specified '
shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate
such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag,
that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation ,
requirements specified herein .for each particular use.
F1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications e
Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation,
Bedding, Encasement, o r Backfill construction shall conform
to the following requi rements:
Percent Passing Material Use Designation
Sieve Size Foundation Bedding Encasement Backfill
3 Inch
2 Inch 100
1 Inch 100 100 100 '
3/4 Inch 85-100 90-100 90-100
3/8 Inch 30- 60 50- 90 50- 90
No. 4 0- 10 35- 80 35- 80 35-100
No. 10 20- 65 20- 65 20-100
No. 40 0- 35 0- 35 0- 35
No. 20 0 0- 10 0- 10 0- 10
,
NOTE: Granular foundation, bedding and encasement material rovi-
P
ded for plastic pipe and fittings shall meet the require-
ments of ASTM 2321, Class I, II or III materials or the
requirements provided above if the Engineer authorized such
substitution.
F2 Granular Material Use Designations
Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding,
Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Plans,
Specifications and Special Provisions, either as part of
the pipe .item work unit or as a separate Contract .Item,
shall be classified as to use in accordance with the
following.
u
ii
u
r
r
C!
~~
u
Material Use Designation Zone Designation
Granular Foundation ---- ---- Placed below the bottom of pipe
grade as replacement for unsuit-
able or unstable soils, to achieve
better foundation support.
Granular Bedding =------ ---- Placed below the pipe midpoint,
prior to pipe installation, to
facilitate proper shaping and to
achieve uniform pipe support.
Granular Encasement ----- --- Placed below an elevation one foot
above the top of pipe, after pipe
installation, for protection of
the pipe and to assure proper
filling of voids or thorough
consolidation of backfill.
Granular Backfill ------- --- Placed below the surface base
course, ~if any, as the second
stage of backfill, to minimize
trench settlement and provide
support for surface improvements.
In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the
lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top
surface of the next lower course as constructed. The upper
limits of each zone are established to define variable
needs for material gradation and compaction or void
content, taking into consideration the sequence of con-
struction and other conditions. The material use and zone
designations described above shall only serve to fulfill
the objectives and shall not be construed to .restrict the
use of any particular material in other zones where the
gradation requirements are met.
G Piling
Piling shall be constructed in accordance with provi-
sions of MnDOT Specification 2452.
H Insulation
Main insulation shall be extruded rigid board material
having a thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square
foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, maximum, at 40°F
mean, a compressive strength of 35 psi minimum, and water
absorption of 0.25 percent by volume maximum..
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions, board dimensions shall measure 8'
long, 2' or 4' wide, and 1" or 12" thick.
- 51 -
2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A General Provisions
Al Maintenance of Traffic
Whenever work interferes with the flow of traffic along
a roadway, the Contractor shall provide for traffic control
and signing and public safety in accordance with the
provisions of Appendix B of the Minnesota Manual of Uniform
Traffic Control devices and MnDOT Specifications 1404 and
1710, and the Special Provisions. Neither road closures nor
detours shall be permitted unless specified in the Special
Provisions or authorized by the Engineer. Where road '
closures or detours are permitted by the Engineer, the
Engineer shall determine the appropriate agencies, boards,
or departments the Contractor must notify prior to taking
the action and the proper advance notice to be provided to
each body.
Compliance with this requirement shall not be construed '
to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of
notifying agencies or institutions whose services may be
predicated upon a roadway being opened to traffic or whose
services would be hindered if a roadway. is closed to
traffic. Such agencies or institutions shall include, but
not be limited to, the police department, the fire
department, municipal bus service, school bus service, and '
ambulance service. The Contractor shall keep the required
agencies informed of changing traffic patterns and detour
situations. '
A2 Establishing Line and Grade
In locations where the sewer is in direct conflict with ,
existing watermain and water services, the watermain and
water services shall be lowered to provide at least 18
inches of vertical distance between the top of the '
watermain or service and the bottom of the sanitary sewer
or relocated in accordance with Plans.
Wh
en local conditions prevent a vertical separation as
described, the following construction shall be used:
a vertical separation of at least 18 inches between
the bottom of the sewer and the top of the watermain;.
adequate structural support for the sewers to prevent
excessive deflection of joints and settling on and
breaking of the watermains;
that the length of water pipe be centered at the point '
of crossing so that the joints will be equidistant and
as far as possible from the sewer.
- 52 - t
0
0
u
ii
ii
0
u
ii
n
0
C
i~
n
n
Watermains shall be laid at least l0 .feet horizontally
from any sanitary sewer, storm sewer or sewer manhole,
whenever possible. When local conditions prevent a horizon-
tal separation of 10 feet, a watermain may be laid closer
to a storm or sanitary sewer provided that:
(1) The bottom of the watermain is at least 18 inches
above the top of the sewer;
(2) Where this vertical separation cannot be obtained, the
sewer. shall be constructed of materials and with
joints that are equivalent to watermain standards of
construction and shall be pressure tested to assure
water tightness prior to backfilling.
The primary line and grade will be established by the
Engineer. For trench installation, line and grade stakes
will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an
appropriate offset therefrom as will best serve the
Contractor's operations wherever practical. For tunnel
installation, line and grade stakes will be set directly
above the proposed pipeline setting. Grade and line stakes
will be set at 25-foot intervals along the. pipeline; at
each change in line or grade, and as needed for pipeline
appurtenances.
The Contractor shall arrange operations to avoid
unnecessary interference with the establishment of the
primary line and grade stakes, and shall render whatever
assistance may be required by the Engineer in accomplishing
the staking. The Contractor shall be responsible for
preservation of the primary stakes, and, if negligent in
providing necessary protection, shall bear the full cost of
any restaking.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
correct transfer. of the primary line and grade to all
working points and for construction of the work to the
prescribed lines and grades as established by the Engineer.
Following construction of a work shaft on tunnel installa-
tions, the line and grade shall be transferred down the
shaft and be projected into and throughout the length of
each tunnel heading.
A3 Protection of Surface Structures
All surface structures and features located outside the
permissible excavation limits for underground installa-
tions, together with those within the construction areas
which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be
properly protected against damage and shall not be
disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer.
- 53 -
ii
Within the construction limits, as required, the removal of '
improvements such as paving, curbing, walks, turf, etc.,
shall be subject to acceptable replacement after completion
of underground work, with all expense of removal and
replacement being borne by the Contractor to the extent
that separate compensation is not specifically provided for '
in the Contract:
Obstructions such as street signs, guard posts, small '
culverts, and other items of prefabricated construction may
be temporarily removed during construction, provided that
essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as
approved by the Engineer and that nonessential items are '
properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon
completion of the underground work, all such items shall be
replaced in their proper setting at the sole expense of the '
Contractor.
In the event of damage to any surface improvements,
either privately or publicly owned, in the absence of
construction necessity, the Contractor will be required to
replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction
of the Engineer and without cost to the Owner. '
A4 Interference of Underground Structures
When any .underground structure interferes with the
planned placement of the pipeline or appurtenances to such
an extent that alterations in the work are necessary to '
eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on
either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor
shall .immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the
affected structure. When any existing facilities are
endangered by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor
shall cease work at the site and take such precautions as
may be necessary to protect the inplace structures until a '
decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved.
Without specific authorization from the Engineer, no
essential utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall any
change be made in either the existing structures or the
planned installations to overcome the interference. Altera-
tions in existing facilities will be allowed only to the
extent that service will not be curtailed unavoidably and
then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy
all applicable regulations and conditions. '
Wherever alterations are required as a result of
unforeseen underground interferences not due to any fault t
or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a
written order covering any additional or extra work
involved and specifying the revised basis of payment, if '
- 54 - t
any.. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of
' the Contractor shall be subject to prior approval and shall
be at the Contractor's expense.
No extra compensation will be allowed for .delays caused
' by the interference of underground structures.
' A5 Removal of Surface Improvements
P
,emoval of surface improvements in connection with
trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for
' installation of the pipeline and appurtenances, based on
the allowable trench widths and any other controls imposed
in connection with the work. Removal operations shall be
' coordinated effectively with the excavation and installa-
tion operations as will cause th
l
e
east .practical disrup-
tion of traffic or inconvenience to the public. The debris
resulting from removals shall become the property of the
' Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor.
Removed debris shall not be deposited at locations that
will block access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or
other essential service areas, nor obstruct surface
drainage. Removal and final disposal of debris shall be
accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and,
' in any event, the debris shall be removed from the site
before startin
the e
ti
g
xcava
ng operations.
Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by
' methods of producing clean-cut breakage to prescored lines
as will preserve the remaining structure without damage.
Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that
will cause damage to the remaining structure or adjoining.
property. Where not removed to an existing joint, concrete
structures shall be sawed along the break lines to a
' minimum depth of one-third of the structure depth.
Any reusable materials generated during the work, such
as aggregate, sod, or topsoil, shall be segregated from
' other waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain
I, suitability and permit proper reuse.
' The use of drop weight equipment for breaking pavement
will be allowed to the extent that the Contractor shall
assume full responsibility for any damages caused thereby.
' The pavement breaking operations shall not be allowed to
become a nuisance to the
ubli
p
c or a source of damage to
underground or adjacent structures. The Engineer reserves
the right to order discontinuance of drop weight breaking
' operations at any time.
' - 55 -
I~
A6 Temporary Service Measures
While any open excavations are maintained, the Contrac-
for shall have available a supply of steel plates suitable
for temporary bridging of open trench sections where either
vehicular or pedestrian traffic must be maintained. Use of ,
the plates shal'1 be as directed or approved by the Engineer
and where installed they shall be secured against possible
displacement and be replaced with the permanent structure
as soon as possible. ,
B Excavation and Preparation of Trench
B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements
Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in
advance of .pipe laying as will satisfy the needs for
coordination of work and permit advance verification of
unobstructed line and grade as planned. Where interference
with existing structures is possible or in any way.
indicated, and where necessary to establish elevation or
direction for connections to inplace structures, the
excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of
the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in
sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to
extra work or unnecessary delay.
All installations shall be accomplished by open trench
construction except for short tunnel sections approved by
the Engineer and with the exception that boring and jacking '
or tunnel construction methods shall be employed where so
specifically required by the Plans, Specifications, or
Special Provisions. Installation of pipe through tunnel
excavations will be allowed only where the surface
structure .can be properly supported and the backfill
restored to the satisfaction of the Engineer. '
The excavating operations shall be conducted so as to
carefully expose all inplace underground structures without
damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or approaches
so close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any
way, precautions and protective measures shall be taken as
necessary to .preserve the structure and provide temporary
support. Hand methods of excavating shall be utilized to
probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installa-
tions. as gas pipe and power or communication cables. '
The Engineer shall be notified of any need for blasting
to remove materials which cannot be broken up mechanically,
and there shall be no blasting operations conducted until
the Engineer's approval has been secured. Blasting will be
allowed only when proper precautions are taken to protect
- 56 -
' life and property, and then shall be restricted as the
Engineer directs. The Contractor shall assume full respon-
' sibility for any damages caused by blasting, regardless of
the requirements for notification and- approval. The
Contractor shall secure any required permits for blasting
' and shall conduct blasting operations in conformance with
all applicable 'state and local laws, regulations and
ordinances.
' B2 Classification and Dis osition of Material
P s
Excavated materials will be classified for payment only
' to the extent that the removal of materials classified by
the Engineer as Rock will be paid for separately from other
' unclassified materials, either as a separate Contract Item
or as an Extra Work Item when no bid price is a
licabl
pp
e.
No other materials encountered in the excavations, with the
exception of items classified for payment as structure
' removals, will be considered as Unclassified Excavation,
and. unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifi-
cations, and Special Provisions, no additional compensation
shall be provided for their removal. Unclassified materials
.shall include muck, rubble, wood debris, and boulder stone,
masonry or concrete fragments less than one cubic yard in
volume, together with other miscellaneous matter that can
be removed effectively with power operated excavators
without resorting to drilling and blasting.
' Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard,
solid rock in ledge formation, bedded. deposits and
unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so
' firmly cemented as to present all the characteristics of
solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete
fragments exceeding one cubic yard in volume. Materials
such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which
' can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a power
operated excavator will not be classified as Rock Excava-
tion.
i:~
fl
n
Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as
being either Suitable or Unsuitable for backfill or other
specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable
materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent
needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for
other construction on the project as may be specified or
ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practicable,
granular materials .and. topsoil shall be segregated from
other materials during the excavating and stockpiling
operations so as to permit best use of the available
materials at the time of backfilling. Unless otherwise
specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special
Provisions, material handling as described above shall be
- 57
u
considered incidental with no additional compensation
provided therefor.
All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other
use on the project shall be stored at locations approved by
the Engineer that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to
public travel, ~~adjacent properties, and .other special
interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to
the edges of the excavations as would create hazardous
conditions, nor shall any material be placed so as to block
the access to emergency services. All materials considered
unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project,
shall be immediately removed from the project and- be
disposed of as arranged by the Contractor at no extra cost
to the Contract.
B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements
Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit
preparation of the foundation as specified and installation
of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line
and grade, except where alterations are specifically
authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the
pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be
placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be
provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of
sheeting and. shoring and to accommodate placement of
appurtenances.
Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of
structure as necessary to accommodate any required Granular
Foundation material. When rock or unstable foundation
materials are encountered- at the established grade,
additional materials.. shall be removed as specified or
ordered by the Engineer to produce an acceptable founda-
tion. Unless otherwise indicated or directed, rock shall be
removed to an elevation at least six inches below the
bottom surface of the pipe barrel and below the lowest
projection of joint hubs. All excavations below grade shall
be to a minimum width to the outside pipe diameter plus two
feet. Rock shall be removed to such additional horizontal
dimensions as will. provide a minimum clearance of six
inches on all sides of appurtenant structures such as
valves, housings, access structures, etc.
Where no other grade controls are. indicated or esta-
blished for the pipeline, the excavating and foundation
preparations shah be such as to provide a minimum cover
over the top of the pipe as specified. Trench widths shall
allow for at least six inches of clearance on each side of
the joint hubs. The maximum allowable width of the trench
- 58 -
ii
r
~l
0
0
0
n
0
ii
0
0
n
n
u
i
u
u
at the top of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of
the pipe plus two feet, subject to the considerations for
alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the
trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to
prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures.
The maximum allowable trench width at the level of the
top of pipe may be exceeded only by approval of the
Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading
relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contrac-
tor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight
data and proposed pipe strength alternate, at least seven
days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval of
alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that
there will be no extra compensation allowed for any
increase in material or construction costs.
If the trench is excavated to a greater width than that
authorized, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to
provide a higher class of bedding and/or a higher strength
pipe than that required by the Plans, Specifications, and
Special Provisions in order to satisfy design requirements,
without additional compensation therefor.
B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations
All excavations shall be sheeted, shored, and braced as
will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes
and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of
the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of
adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and
other properties. Any damage to. the work under contract or
to adjacent structures or property caused by settlement,
water or earth pressures, .slides, cave-ins, or other causes
due to failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing or
through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any
manner, shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and
without delay.
Where conditions warrant .extreme care, the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions may require special
precautions to protect life or property, or the Engineer
may order the installation of sheet piling of the
interlocking type or direct that. other safety measures be
taken as deemed necessary. Failure of the Engineer to order
correction of improper or inadequate sheeting, shoring, or
bracing shall not relieve. the Contractor's responsibilities
for protection of life, property, and the work.
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for
proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and
- 59 -
bracing, wherever and to such depths that soil stability
may dictate the need for support to prevent displacement.
Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working
space and so as not to place stress or strain on .the
inplace structures to any extent that may cause damage.
Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed '
only when and in such manner as will assure adequate
protection of the inplace structures and prevent displace-
ment of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be
left in place only as required by the Plans, Specifica-
tions, and Special Provisions or ordered by the Engineer.
Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be removed as the '
backfilling reaches the level of respective support.
Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the .upper
portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three
feet or more below the established surface grade as the '
Engineer may direct.
All costs of furnishing, placing, and removing sheeting,
shoring, and bracing. materials, including the value of
materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall
be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and
will not be compensated for separately. When any sheeting,
shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written
order of the Engineer, in the absence of specific
requirements of the Contract to do so, payment will be made
for those materials as an Extra Work Item, including waste
material resulting from upped cut-off requirements. ~
B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations
Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary 1
to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and
uniform pipe. bearing between bell holes. The initial
excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a ,
subgrade level slightly above finished grade as will permit
hand shaping. to finished grade by trimming of high spots
and without the need for filling of low spots to grade.
Final subgrade preparations shall be such as to produce a '
finished grade at the centerline of the pipe that is within
0.03 foot of a straight line between pipe joints and to
provide bell hole excavation at each joint as will permit '
proper joining of pipe and fittings.
In excavations made below grade to remove rock or
unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall be made
with available sui table materials unless placement of
Granular Foundation or Bedding material is specified and
provided for or is ordered by the Engineer as an Extra Work
Item. Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively
n
- 60 - '
0
u
ii
n
0
C
L
I~
~!
u
uniform layers not exceeding 8 inches in loose thickness.
Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by
means of approved mechanical compaction equipment, as will
produce uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe
length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed.
Where .the foundation soil is found to consist. of
materials that the Engineer considers to be so unstable as
to preclude removal and replacement to a reasonable depth
to achieve solid support, a suitable foundation shall be
constructed as the Engineer directs in the absence of
special requirements therefor in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions. The Contractor may be required to
furnish and drive piling and construct concrete or timber
bearing supports or other work as may be provided for in an
Extra Work order.
Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to
prevent any over-excavation. Should any low spots develop,
they shall only be filled with approved material, which
shall have optimum moisture content and be compacted
thoroughly, without additional compensation provided to the
Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free
of water and shall not be disturbed during pipe lowering
operations except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The
discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to
natural drainage channels or storm water drains. Draining
trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will
not be permitted.
The .Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering
system of wells or points to maintain pipe trenches free of
water wherever necessary or as directed by the engineer to
meet the intent of these specifications. Unless otherwise
specified in the Plans, Specifications, and .Special
Provisions, such work shall be considered incidental with
no additional compensation provided therefore.
All costs of excavating below grade and placing
foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be
included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent
that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract
provisions and the Proposal does not provide for payment
therefor under separate Contract Items. Any excavation
below grade and any foundation or bedding aggregates
required by order of the Engineer in the absence of
Contract requirements therefor will be compensated for
separately as Extra Work Items.
If examination by the Engineer reveals that the need for
placement of foundation aggregates was caused by the
Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of
excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost
of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor.
- 61 -
C Installation of Pipe and Fittings
~ ;.
C1 Inspection and Handling
Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities
satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by
the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of
the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and
accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for
damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all
material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The
Engineer shall inspect the damaged materials and have the
right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory.
The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material
from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as
will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and
joint fillings; preclude contamination of interior areas;
and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping.
All work and materials are subject to tests by the Owner
at such frequency as may be determined by the Engineer.
Such tests shall be paid for by the Owner.
While suspended and before being lowered into laying
position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be
inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound
conditions that may need corrective action or be cause for
rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any
defects discovered. and the Engineer will prescribe the
required corrective actions or order rejection.
Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each
pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the
presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges
or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be
corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed.
C2 Pipe Laying Operations
Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed
ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and
joining of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment
without unnecessary deviation or hindrance.
All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the
inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered
into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean by
approved means during and after laying. The sewer materials
shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use
of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances
shall the pipe be dropped into the trench.
- 62 -
~i
1
I~
II
7
J
61
II
II
II
I~
At the time of pipe placement,
shall be such as to provide uniform
for- the pipe between bell holes.
excavated as necessary to make the
they shall be no larger than would
the pipe throughout its length. No
laid in water nor when the trench or
otherwise unsuitable or improper.
the bedding conditions
and continuous support
Bell holes shall be
joint connections, but
be adequate to support
pipe material shall be
bedding conditions are
When placement or handling precautions prove inadequate,
in the Engineer's opinion, the Contractor shall provide and
install suitable plugs or caps effectively closing the open
ends of each pipe section before it is lowered into laying
position, and they shall remain so covered until removal is
necessary for connection of an adjoining unit.
Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, bell and
spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade
and the laying shall start on the downgrade end and proceed
upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is .placed
in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the
bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line
and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with
approved backfill material, which shall be thoroughly
compacted by tamping around the pipe to a height of at
Least 12 inches above the top with hand operated mechanical
tamping devices or by hand. The joint areas shall remain
exposed and precautions shall be taken to prevent the soil
from entering the joint space, until the joint seal is
effected. Backfill in the bell area shall be left loose.
Connection of pipe to existing lines or previously
constructed manholes or catch basins shall be accomplished
as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the
Engineer. Where necessary to make satisfactory closure or
produce the required curvature, grade or .alignment deflec-
tions at joints shall not exceed that which will assure
tight joints and comply with any limitations recommended by
the pipe manufacturer.
Entrance of foreign matter into pipeline openings shall
be prevented at all times to the extent that suitable plugs
or covering can be kept in place over the openings without
interfering with the installation operations.
Installation of PVC, ABS, and composite truss pipe shall
conform to ASTM D-2321.
C3 Connection and Assembly of Joints
All pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and be
- 63 -
7
fully closed. Spigot ends shall be marked as necessary to ,
indicate the point of complete closure. All joints shall be
soil tight, as the minimum requirement, and shall be
watertight in all sanitary sewer pipe lines and in all '
storm sewer pipe lines installed within the limits of a
paved street or highway traffic lanes. Where specified, the
joints in certain assemblies shall be made structurally
integral by being completely encased in concrete to form a ,
rigid watertight unit as indicated in the standard
drawings.
Where watertight joints are required, without concrete
encasement, the joints shall be sealed as follows, subject
to such other approved method as the Engineer may authorize
as being an acceptable alternative:
(l) Concrete pipe and fitting joints--compression type
rubber gasket seals conforming to the requirements of '
ASTM C-443, ASTM C-361 or AASHTO M-198 for circular
pipe, or as otherwise approved by the Engineer in the
case of non-circular pipe sections.
(2) ABS/PVC Truss pipe, ABS solid wall pipe and fittings-
assembled gasket seal joints.
(3) Smooth wall and corrugated wall PVC pipe and fittings-
assembled push-on gasketed joints shall pass perfor-
mance tests as listed in ASTM D-3212. Solvent welds ,
shall not be permitted.
(4) Vitrified clay pipe and fittings--factory fabricated '
compression seals or compression type couplings..
(5) Corrugated steel pipe and fittings--sealed with.
approved type compression seals. '
Where watertight joints are not required, joints in
concrete pipe shall be made soil tight by filling with
mortar as the Engineer directs. Pipe joints encased in
concrete will not have to be sealed with gasket type seals,
but shall be filled with mortar as directed. ,
C4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends
All pipe and fitting ends left open for future
connection shall be bulkheaded by approved methods prior to
backfilling. Unless otherwise specified or approved, all '
openings of 24 inches in diameter or less shall be closed
off with prefabricated plugs or caps and all openings
larger than 24 inches in diameter shall be closed off with e
masonry bulkheads.
- 64 -
' Prefabricated lu s and ca s shall be of the same
P g P
material as the pipe material, or an approved, alternate
' material, and they shall be installed with watertight seal
as required for the pipeline joints. Masonry bulkheads
shall be constructed with clay or concrete brick to a vaall
thickness of .eight inches.
Bulkheads installed for temporary service during con-
' struction may be constructed with two-inch timber planking
securely fastened together and adequately braced, as an
alternate to the masonry construction.
' C5 Placement of Insulation
' Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe
encasement zone, 6 inches above the pipe. Prior to
placement of the insulation, encasement material shall be
compacted until there is no further visual evidence of
increased consolidation or the density of the compacted
layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the
Special Provisions, then leveled and lightly scarified to a
' depth of i inch. Encasement zone material placed below the
insulation shall be free of rock or stone fragments
measuring 12 inches or greater.
' Insulation boards shall be placed on the scarified
material with the long dimension parallel to the centerline
of the pipe. Boards placed in a single layer .shall be
' overlapped at least 6 inches on all sides to eliminate
continuous joints for the full depth of the insulation. If
two or more layers of insulation boards .are used, each
layer shall be placed to cover. the joints of the layer
' immediately below with an overlap of at least 6 inches.
The Contractor shall exercise precaution to insure that
' all joints between boards are tight during placement and
backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or
edge to edge.
' The fi
t l
f
rs
ayer o
material placed over the insulation
shall be 6 inches. in depth, free of rock or stone fragments
measuring 1'-z inches or greater. The material shall be
' placed in such a manner that construction equipment does
not operate directly on the insulation and shall be
compacted with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of
' less than 80 psi. The first layer shall be compacted until
there is no further visual evidence of increased consolida-
tion or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the
' density requirements specified in the Special Provisions.
CIS
' - 65 -
D A urtenance Installations
PP
Appurtenance items such as aprons, trash guards, gates
and castings shall be installed where and as required by
the Plans and in accordance with such standard detail
drawings or supplementary requirements as may be specified.
Casting assemblies installed on manhole or catch basin
structures shall be set in a full mortar bed and be
adjusted to the specified elevation without the use of
shims or blocking.
Sewer aprons shall be subject to all applicable
requirements for installation of pipe. All aprons and '
outfall end sections shall have the last three sections
tied. Two tie bolt fasteners shall be placed in each of the
last three joints, one on .each side of top center at the 60
degree point (from vertical). Tie bolt diameter shall be: '-
z
inch for 12" to and including 21" pipe; 5/8 inch for 24" to
and including 36" pipe; 3/4 inch for 42" to and including
54" pipe; and 1" for 60" and larger pipe. The tie bolts '
shall be of a design approved by the Engineer.
t
E Sewer Service Installations
Main sewer service connections and building service
sewer pipe shall be installed as provided for in the ,
Contract and as may be directed by the Engineer. The sewer
service connections and pipe lines shall be installed in
conformance with all applicable requirements of the main ,
sewer installation and as more specifically provided for
herein.
.The Engineer, with the assistance of the Contractor,
shall keep accurate records of all service installations as
to type, location, elevation, point of connection and
termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained
jointly by the Contractor and Engineer on forms provided by
the Engineer. The service installations shall not be
backfilled until all required information has been obtained
and recorded.
The main sewer service connection shall consist of
installing a Branch Tee or Wye section in the main sewer '
line at designated locations, or of providing an insert
type Saddle Tee in a pipe cutout where and as permitted or
required in lieu of the built-in fitting. Orientation of
service connection fitting shall be as shown in the
standard drawings unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
- 66 -
Where the depth of cover over the main sewer invert is
greater than 15 feet (or such other maximum as may be
indicated), the service connection shall be extended upward
by means of a Service Riser Section in accordance with the
details shown in the standard drawings.
Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall be
installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a
straight line grade to the property line. The standard and
minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of one inch in four
feet for sanitary service lines and one inch in eight feet
for storm sewer service lines. These minimum grades may be
reduced (by not more than one-half pitch) where the
Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation
differences.
Building service pipe lines shall generally be kept as
deep as required to serve the building elevation and
maintain the specified minimum pipe grades. Pipe bends
shall be provided as necessary to bring the service lines
to proper location and grade. Pipe bends shall not exceed
222 degrees without approval of the Engineer.
Unless otherwise indicated, service pipe installation
shall terminate at property line or as designated on the
Plans, with a gasketed plug placed in the end, at which
point the Contractor shall furnish and set a 4 x 4 inch
wooden timber 6 feet to 8 feet in length embedded 4 feet
below grade, or approved steel post to mark the exact end
of pipe. The timber or post shall be set vertically, with
the top 2 feet painted green.
Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are
permitted or required to be made by the'-open cut-out method
in the absence of a built-in Tee or Wye. fitting, the
connection shall be made by using an approved type of
Saddle Tee fitting. The pipe cut-out shall be made with an
approved type coring machine or by other approved methods
producing a uniform, smooth circular cut-out as required
for proper fit. The cut-out discs shall be retrieved .and
shall not be allowed to remain within the main sewer pipe.
The Saddle Tee shall be securely fastened to the main sewer
pipe by means of epoxy resin or other approved adhesive.
The entire connection fitting shall be encased in concrete
to a minimum thickness of six inches and as may be shown in
the standard drawings.
Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are
required to be made by means of built-in Branch Tee or Wye
fittings, the Contractor shall, in the absence of such
fitting, remove a section of the. main sewer. pipe and
replace it with the required Branch Tee or Wye section
connected by means of an approved sleeve coupling.
- 67 -
Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a
manhole at an elevation more than 24 inches above the crown
of the outgoing sewer. Where the elevation difference is
greater than 24 inches, the connection shall be made by
means of an O utside Drop Connection in accordance with the
details shown in;the standard drawings.
All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal
points .shall be fitted with suitable plugs or shall be
bulkheaded as required for the main sewer pipe.
F Manhole and Catch Basin Structures ,
Manholes, catch basins, and other special access
structures shall be constructed at designated locations as
required by the Plans and in accordance with any standard ,
detail drawings or special design requirements given
therefor.
Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and
catch basins shall be constructed on a cast-in-place
concrete base and the barrel riser sections, cone section
and top adjusting rings shall all be of precast concrete. ,
All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a
completely watertight structure. Barrel and cone height
shall be such as to permit placement of at least three and
not more than six standard two-inch precast concrete
adjusting rings immediately below the casting assembly
which shall be set in a mortar bed. Each adjusting ring '
shall also be set in mortar.
Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and ,
catch basins shall have an inside barrel diameter at the
bottom of 48 inches minimum and the inside diameter at the
top of the cone section and of all adjusting rings shall be '
of the same size and shape as the casting frame. Casting
assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans. Catch basin
grate elevation shall be adjusted as necessary to maintain
the required dip below normal gutter grade. '
The concrete cast-in-place base shall be poured on
undisturbed or firmly compacted foundation material which
shall be trimmed to proper elevation. The bottom riser
section shall be set in fresh concrete or mortar and all
other riser section joints of the tongue and groove design '
shall be sealed with rubber gaskets.
Wherever special designs so require or permit, and as
otherwise may be approved by the Engineer, a precast
concrete base may be used or the structure may be
constructed with solid sewer brick or block units or with
cast-in-place concrete. Any combination. of cast-in-place ,
- 68 - '
concrete and brick or block mortar construction will be
allowed and may be required where it is impossible to
complete the construction with standard precast manhole
sections.
Ali annular ,wall space surrounding the inplace storm
sewer pipes shall be completely filled with mortar or
concrete,. and the inside bottom of each manhole and catch
basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow
through invert troughs as directed.
Sanitary sewer main lines shall not be connected to a
manhole at an elevation more than 24 inches above the
invert of the outgoing sewer. Where the. difference is
greater than 24 inches, the connections shall be made by
means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the
detailed drawings in the Plans. The concrete base under the
drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base.
G Reconnecting Existing Facilities
Disposition of abandoned facilities and reconnection of
existing facilities shall be as provided for in the. Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions.
H Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing
All sanitary sewer lines, including service connections,
shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for
excessive leakage upon completion and before connections
are made to the service by others. Each test section of 'the
sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing, either by
hydrostatic or air test method as described below and at
the Contractor's option. The requirements set forth for
maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance
of the sewer section represented by the test.
If the ground water level is greater than three feet
above the invert elevation of the upper manhole and the
Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be allowed
in lieu of the exfiltration testing, in which case the
allowable leakage shall be the same as would be allowed for
the Hydrostatic Test.
All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without
any direct. compensation being made therefor, and the
Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and
materials, including plugs and standpipes as required.
H1 Air Test Method
The sewer pipe section under test shall be clean at the
- 69 -
l
time of testing but the pipe may be wetted. Pneumatic balls
shall be used to plug the pipe ends at manholes. Low
pressure air shall be introduced into the plugged line ,
until the internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psi greater
than the average back pressure of any ground water pressure
that may submerge the pipe. At least two minutes shall be
allowed for the air temperature to stabilize before
readings are taken and the timing started. During this time
the Contractor shall check all plugs with soap solution to
detect plug leakage. If plugs are found to leak, air shall
be bled off, the plugs shall be retightened, and the air
shall be reintroduced into the line.
'
The sewer section under test will be accepted as having
passed the air leakage test if it does not lose air at a
rate to cause the pressure to drop from 3.6 to 3.0 psi in
less time than one-half minute per inch in diameter of the
pipe tested..
H2 Hydrostatic Test Method
After bulkheading the test section,. the pipe shall be
subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of
water at a depth of three feet above the invert elevation
of the sewer at the manhole of the test section. In areas
where ground water exists, this head of water shall be
three feet above the existing water table.
The water head shall be maintained for a period of one
hour during which. time it will be presumed that full
absorption of the pipe body has taken place, and thereafter
for an extended period of one hour the water head shall be
maintained as the. test period. During the one hour test
period, the measured water loss within the test section,
including service stubs, shall not exceed the Maximum '
Allowable Loss (in Gallons Per Hour per 100 Feet of Pipe)
given below for the applicable Main Sewer Diameter.
Main Sewer Diameter Maximum Allowable Loss*
(In Inches) (In Gallons Per Hour Per 100 Feet)
6 0.5
8 0.6 '
10 0.8
12 1.0
15 1.2
18 1.4
21 1.7
24 & Larger 1.9 '
*Based on 100 Gallons Per Day Per Pipe Diameter Inch Per Mile
- 70 -
u
i~
n
D
ii
i~
i:i
If measurements indicate exfiltration within a test
section is not greater than the allowable maximum, the
section will be accebted as nassinc~ the test_
H3 Test Failure and Remedy
In the event of test failure on any test section,
testing shall be continued until all leakage has been
detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair
work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer.
Introduction of sealant substances by means of the test
water will not be permitted.
work shall be at the Contractor's expense.
Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may result in an
order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers
necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement
I Pipeline Backfilling Operations
All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore
pre-existing conditions as the minimum requirement, and
fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the
Plans and Specifications, and Special Provisions. The
backfilling operations shall be started as soon as
conditions will permit on each section of pipeline, so as
to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore
normal public service as soon as practicable on a
section-by-section basis. All operations shall be pursued
diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, as will
assure acceptable results.
The backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of
Suitable Materials selected from the excavated materials to
the. extent available and practical. Should the materials
available within the trench section be unsuitable or
insufficient, without loading and hauling or the employment
of unreasonable measures, the required additional materials
shall be furnished from outside sources as an Extra Work
item in the absence of any Special Provisions requirements.
' Suitable Material shall be defined as a mineral soil
free of foreign materials (rubbish, debris, etc.), ,frozen
clumps, oversize stone, rock, concrete or bituminous
' chunks, and other unsuitable materials,. that may damage. the
pipe installation, prevent thorough compaction, or increase
the risks of after settlement unnecessarily. Material
selection shall be such as to make the best and fullest
' utilization of what is available, taking into consideration
particular needs of different backfill zones. Material
containing stone, rock, or chunks of any sort shall only be
' utilized where and to the extent there.. will be no
detrimental effects.
- 71 -
0
Within the pipe bedding and encasement zones described
as that portion of the trench which is below an elevation,
one foot above the top of the pipe, the materials placed
shall be limited in particle size to 12 inches maximum in
the case of pipe of 12 inches in diameter or less, and to 2
inches maximum =in the case of larger pipe. Above these
zones, the placement of material containing stones,
boulders, chunks, etc. greater than 8 inches in any
dimension shall not be allowed. '
Compaction of .materials placed within the pipe bedding
and encasement zones shall be accomplished with portable or
hand equipment methods, so as to achieve thorough consoli-
dation under and around. the pipe and avoid damage to the
pipe. Above the cover zone material, the use of heavy
roller type compaction equipment shall be limited to safe
pipe loading.
Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform
loose thickness layers of 8 inches .spread over the full
width and length of the trench section to provide
simultaneous support on both sides of the pipeline. '
Granular backfill may be placed in 12-inch layers above an
elevation one foot above the top of the pipe, and with the
provision that, by authority and at the. discretion of the
Engineer in consideration of the demonstrated capability of '
special type vibrating compactors, the stated maximums may
be increased.
Each layer of backfill material shall be compacted
effectively, by approved mechanical or hand methods, until
there is no further visual evidence of increased consoli-
dation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to '
the density requirements specified in the. Special Provi-
sions. Compaction of the inplace layer shall be completed.
acceptably before placing material for a succeeding layer
thereon. The manner of placement, compaction equipment and
procedure effectiveness shall be subject to approval of the
Engineer. '
All surplus waste materials remaining after .completion
of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in an
acceptable manner within 24 hours after completing the
backfill work on each particular pipeline section. Disposal
at any location within. the project limits shall be as
specified, or as approved by the Engineer;. otherwise, '
disposal shall be accomplished outside the project limits
at the Contractor's. discretion. The backfilling and surplus
or waste disposal operations shall be a part of the work
required under the pipeline installation items, not as work '
that may be delayed until final cleanup.
- 72 -
Until expiration of the guarantee period, the Contractor
shall assume full responsibility and expense for. all
backfill settlement and shall refill and restore the work
as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition,
regardless of location. All additional materials required
shall be furnished without additional cost to the Owner.
J
J
CI'
J Restoration of Surface Improvements
Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement,
curbing., pedestrian walks, fencing, or turfing. have been
removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by .the Contractor's
operations, they will be repaired or replaced to the
Engineer's satisfaction, as will restore the improvement in
kind and structure to the preexisting condition. Each item
of restoration work shall be done as soon as practicable
after completion of installation and backfilling operations
on each section of pipeline.
In the absence of specific payment provisions, as
separate Contract Items, the restoration work shall be
compensated for as part of the work required under those
Contract Items which necessitated the destruction and
replacement or .repair, and there will be no separate
payment therefor. If separate pay items are provided for
restoration work, only that portion of the repair or
reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work
will be measured for payment. Any improvements removed or
damaged unnecessarily or undermined shall be replaced or
repaired at the Contractor's expense.
J1 Turf Restoration
Turf restoration shall be accomplished by sod placement
except where seeding is specifically allowed or required.
Topsoil shall be placed to a minimum depth of four
inches under all sodding and in all areas seeded. The
topsoil .material used shall be light friable loam contain-
ing a liberal amount of humus, and shall be free of heavy
clay, course sand, stones, plants, roots, sticks and other
foreign matter. Topsoil meeting these requirements shall be
selected from the excavated materials to the extent
available and needed.
All turf establishment work shall be done in substantial
compliance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2575.
Seed shall be Mixture No. 5 of MnDOT Specification 3876,
unless otherwise directed or approved.
- 73 -
J2 Pavement Restoration
The inplace pavement structure (including base aggre-
gates) shall be restored in kind and depth as previously
existed, using base aggregates salvaged from the excavated
materials to the extent available and needed, and with new
materials being provided for reconstruction of the concrete
or bituminous surface courses.
If, through no fault of the Contractor in failing to
reserve sufficient aggregate materials from the excava-
tions, there should be insufficient quantity of suitable
aggregate to reconstruct the pavement base courses, the
additional materials required will be furnished by the
Owner at its expense, or the Contractor will be ordered to
furnish the additional materials from outside sources as an
Extra Work item in the absence of an appropriate Contract
item therefor. Placement of any additional aggregate
materials delivered to the site by the Owner or of any
additional materials furnished by the Contractor, shall be
an incidental expense, as will also be-the disposal of any
excess materials resulting therefrom, unless special
payment provisions are otherwise agreed upon.
~ :-
Reconstruction of aggregate base courses and concrete or
bituminous surface courses shall be in substantial compli-
ance with all applicable MnDOT Specifications pertaining to
the item being restored. The materials used shall be
comparable to those used in the inplace structure, and the
workmanship and finished quality shall be equal to that of
new construction to the fullest extent obtainable in
consideration of operational restrictions.
Existing concrete and bituminous surfaces at the trench
wall shall be sawed or cut with a cutting wheel to form a
neat edge in a straight line before surfaces are to be
restored. Sawing or cutting may be accomplished as a part
of the removal or prior to restoration at the option of the
Contractor. However, all surface edges will be inspected
prior to restoration.
J3 Restoration of Miscellaneous Items
Wherever any curbing, curb and gutter sections, pedes-
trian walks, fencing, driveway surfacing, or other improve-
ments are removed or in any way damaged, or undermined,
they shall be restored to original condition by repair or
replacement as the Engineer considers necessary. Replace-
ment of old materials will be acceptable only to the extent
that existing quality can be fully achieved, such as in the
case of fencing. Otherwise new materials shall be provided
- 74 -
and placed. as the Engineer directs. Workmanship and
finished quality shall be equal to that of new construc-
tion, where new materials are used, to the extent
obtainable in consideration of operational restrictions.
A proper foundation shall be prepared before reconstruc-
ting concrete or bituminous improvements. Unless otherwise
directed, granular material shall be placed to a depth of
at least four inches under all concrete and bituminous
items. No direct compensation will be made for furnishing
and placing this material even though such course was not
part of the original construction.
K Maintenance and Final Cleanup
All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained acceptably
until the start of surfacing .construction or restoration
work, and until the work has. been finally accepted.
Additional materials shall be provided and placed as needed
to .compensate for trench settlement and to serve as
temporary construction pending completion of the final
surface improvements.
Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other
remains or consequences. of construction, shall be accom-
plished intermittently as new construction items are
completed and shall not be left to await final. completion
of all work. Cleanup operations shall be considered as
being a part of the work covered under the Contract. items
involved and only that work which cannot be accomplished at
any early time shall be considered as final cleanup work
not attributable to a specific Contract Item.
If disposal operations. and other cleanup work are not
conducted properly as the construction progresses, the
Engineer may withhold partial payments until such work is
satisfactorily pursued, or he may deduct the estimated cost
of its performance from the partial estimate value.
Maintenance of sodded and seeded areas shall include
adequate watering for plant growth and the replacement of
any dead or damaged sod as may be required for acceptance
of the work.
L Deflection Test
Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic
gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the
sewer trench has been backfilled to the desired finished
grade. and has been in place for 30 days.
- 75 -
~i
The deflectiontest shall be performed by pulling a
rigid ball or pointed mandrel through the pipe without the
aid of mechanical pulling devices. The ball or mandrel
shall have a minimum diameter equal to 95% of the actual
inside diameter of the pipe. The maximum allowable
deflection shall not exceed five percent of the pipe's
internal diameter. The time of the test, method of testing,
and the equipment to be used for the test shall be subject
to the approval of the Engineer.
All testing shall be performed by the Contractor at his
expense without any direct compensation being made there-
for, and he shall furnish all necessary equipment and
materials required.
L1 Test Failure and Remedy
In the event of test failure on any test section, the
section shall be replaced, with all repair work subject to
approval of the Engineer. The replaced section shall be
retested for leakage and deflection in conformance with the
specifications contained herein. All repairs, replacement,
and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense.
M Televising
Sewer line televising may be required by the Engineer,
at the cost of the Contractor, if visual inspection,
leakage testing, or deflection testing, indicate the sewer
has not been constructed in accordance with these specifi-
cations-and the requirements of the Plans, Specifications
and Special Provisions.
2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
All items will be measured separately according to design
designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be
detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special
Provisions. Pipe will generally be designated by size (inside
diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying
condition. Complete-in-place items shall include all component
parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but
excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. Linear
measurement of piping will include the running length of any
special fittings (tees, wyes, elbows, gates, etc.) installed
within the line of measure between specified terminal points.
A Sewer Pipe
Sewer pipe of each design designation will be measured
u
~i
~i
- 76 -
by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal
points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets;
the point of .connection with inplace pipe; the center of
manholes or catch" basins; the point of centerline intersec-
tions at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with
other appurtenances or units as defined.
Separation of quantities according to "depth zone
classification"; when so designated in the Pay Item, will
be determined by depth of pipe invert below the ground
surface profile.
B Manholes
Manholes of each design designation will be measured by
number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the
base and castings as required, but excluding .any excess
depth greater than 8.0 feet measured from top of manhole
cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe.
Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be
measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the
8.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased depth
as constructed.
C Catch Basins
Catch basins of each design designation will be measured
by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including
the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess
depth greater. than 5.0 feet measured from top of .grate (low
point) to invert elevation of lowest outlet pipe.
Excess catch basin depth of each design designation will
be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between
the 5.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased
depth as constructed.
D Outside Drop Connection
Outside drop connections of each design will be measured
by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including
granular encasement, fittings, and any special piping
details as required, including two holes into existing
manholes for the drop connection, but excluding any excess
vertical drop greater than 2.0 feet measured between invert
of high. pipe inlet and invert of low pipe outlet.
Excess drop connection depth .will be measured by the
linear foot difference in vertical drop between the 2.0
feet allowed as standard and the actual increased vertical
drop as constructed.
- 77 -
E Service Connection
Service Connections of each design will be measured by
number of each constructed complete-in-place as specified.
F Service Pipe
Service pipe of each design will be measured separately
by length in linear feet, horizontally along. the line of
installation, between the service end and the point of I
juncture with the main pipe connection fitting.
G Special Pipe Fittings '
Special pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, etc.) of each
design designation will be measured by number of each '
installed complete-in-place as specified, but excluding any
such fittings required to be installed as a component part
of any other Work Unit. I
H Appurtenant Items
Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, gates
and other prefabricated units or assemblies as identified
by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of I
each installed complete-in-place as specified.
I Granular Materials
Granular materials furnished and placed as special
foundation, bedding, encasement, or backfill construction
will be measured by weight or volume of material furnished I
by the Contractor from outside sources and placed within
the limits defined. Unless otherwise specified, volume will
be determined by vehicular measure (loose volume) at the
point of delivery. Measurements will not include any '
materials required to be placed as a component part of any
other Work Unit. '
J Piling
Piling shall be measured according to the Provisions of
MnDOT Specification 2452.
J3 Pile Bents
Pile bents shall be measured as a unit and shall include
all materials and labor required, except the pile. I
- 78 -
K Insulation
Rigid board insulation shall be measured on a square
foot basis installed to the specified thickness noted on
the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions and shall
include all materials and labor required for placement.,
2621.5 BASIS OF PAYN~ENT
Payment for sewer. pipe and service pipe items at the
Contract prices per linear foot of pipe of each design shall be
compensation in full for all costs of providing a complete-in-
place pipeline, including excavation, foundation preparation,
backfilling, leakage testing, restoration of surface improve-
ments,. disposal of surplus or waste materials, final cleanup,
and such other work as may be specified, but excluding the
construction of other structures or special sections and the
placement of special fittings, appurtenances or materials
specifically designated for payment under other Contract Items.
Payment for manhole, catch basin, outside drop connection,
service connection, and other structures as specified, at the
Contract prices per structure, shall be compensation in full for
all costs of constructing each unit complete-in-place as
specified, including all required castings, special fittings,.
base or encasement, and appurtenant materials as specified for
the complete structure or section, but excluding such additional
work as may be designated for payment under other Contract
Items.
hrhere the specified standard manhole, catch basin, or outside
drop connection depths are exceeded, the excess depth of each
design will be paid for separately .as linear footage items and
payment at the Contract prices therefor shall be compensation in
full for all costs of providing the extra depth.
Special pipe ,fittings such as wyes, tees and bends will be
paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are
required to be installed in the sewer pipe and service pipe
lines and not as a component part of a complete-in-place
structure (outside drop connections, .service connections, etc.)
Hppurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, drainage
gates, and other .prefabricated units or assemblies and specials
as designated will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the
extent they are not included as a component part of any
complete-in-place structure.
Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, cover,
or backfill placement as specified in connection with pipe or
structure items will only be paid for as separate Contract Items
to the extent that the Proposal contains specific Pay Items
- 79 -
JOINT POWERS WATER BOARD
STANDARD REQUIREMENTS
FOR CONSTRUCTION
OF WATERMAIN
FEBRUARY 1998
INDEX
WATERiI~IAIN
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
1
2
3.
aQ
DESCRIPTION 14
MATERIALS 14
A. Water Main 14
B. Fire Hydrants ~ 16
C. Valves 1~
D. Water Service Pipe and Appurtenances lg
E. Polyethylene Encasement Material 19
F. Steel Casing Pipe 19
G. Piling 20
H. Granular Materials 20
I. Insulation 21
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 21
A. Maintenance 21
B. Work Limits 22
C. Establishing Line and Grade 23
D. Protection of Surface Structures 24
E. Interference of Underground Structures 24
F. Removal of Surface Improvements 25
Ga Excavation and Trench Preparation 26
H. Installation of Pipe and Fittings 29
I. Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline 34
J. Jack-Bore Steel Casing Pipe 34
K. Placement of Insulation 3~
L. Water Service Installations 35
M. Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Special 38
N. Pipeline Backfillina Operations 39
O. Restoration of Surface Improvements 39
P. Maintenance and Final Cleanup 40
sPEC-~as.ax~ Index 3-i ~~sct:o~,
4. TESTING 40
A. Disinfection of Water Mains 40
B. Hydrostatic Testing of Water Mains q.q.
C. Electrical Conductivity Test -Ductile Iron Water Main 46
D. Trace Wire Test -PVC Water Main 47
E. Operational Inspection 47
5. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 48
A. Water Main 48
B. Valves 4g
C. Hydrant with Valve 48
D. Fittings 4g
E. Granular Material 50
F. Boring Sp
G. Water Service Connection 50
H. Service Lines 50
I. Insulation 50
J. Raise Valve Box 50
6. BASIS OF PAYMENT 51
A. Water Main 51
B. Valves 51
C. Hydrant with Valve ~1
D. Fittings ~1
E. Granular Material 51
F. Boring 51
G. Water Service Connection ~ 1
H. Service Lines ~ 1
I. Insulation 52
J. Raise Valve Box 52
sPEC-~as.ooo Index 3-ii ~-ssooom
3
WATERMAIN '
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS '
1 DES('Rr~rrn~r
This work shall consist of the construction of the water mains, hydrants, services and other ,
appurtenances in accordance with the Plans and these General Requirements, except as
modified by the Specific Requirements or the Special Provisions. All work shall comply
with the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Health, the Minnesota Plumbing
Code and all applicable codes and ordinances.
All references to i/In/DOT specifications, other specifications, standards or designations
such as ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, shall mean the latest published edition available on the '
date of advertisement for bids on the project.
All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may
be referenced or furnished in the contract documents. The Owner may require- advance
approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as deemed
necessary to insure conformance fo the contract documents: Where specific manufactured '
products are referenced it is to indicate a product preference of the Owner. Other
manufactured products of an "equivalent" kind, type, and quality may be used if approved
in writing by the Engineer. Product information, shop drawings or other information to '
describe the product shall be submitted to the Engineer in a timely manner such that their
review. does not delay the project.
At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit, in writing, a list of materials
and suppliers for approval. '
2. 1~IATERIA S
The materials used in this work shall be new, conforming with the requirements of the
referenced specifications for class, kind, type, size and grade of material as specified
below and other details indicated in the contract.
A. Water Main
PVC water main shall be used unless Ductile Iron water main has been approved '
by the Joint Powers Water Board Engineer.
A.l Ductile Iron Pipe: Ductile iron pipe for water mains shall be Class ~2 for ,
pipe less than 12 inches in diameter, Class ~0 for pipe 12 inches or larger
in diameter, and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C 1~ 1 (.ANSI
A21.~1).
SPEC-745.000
3-1
745060m
A.l.a Fittings: Fittings shall be Gray Iron or Ductile Iron, manufactured.
in the United States, having a minimum working pressure rating of
150 psi, and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110
(ANSI A21.10), Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings or AWWA
C153 (ANSI 21.53), Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings.
A.l .b Lining and Coating: All pipe and fittings shall be .furnished with
cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104
(ANSI A21.4) for standard thickness lining. All interior and
exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have a tar or
bituminous seal coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal
coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection.
A.l.c Joints: Pipe three inches and larger in diameter shall have push-on
joints. Fittings shall have mechanical joints. The rubber gasket
shall conform to AWWA C111 (?,i~tSI A21.11).
0
A.l.d Electrical Conductivity: Copper straps shall be welded or
otherwise permanently affixed to each pipe or appurtenance to
provide a positive means of conveying electricity from pipe or
fitting, to pipe or fitting. Conductive pipe gaskets may be used on
pipe to pipe connections if approved by the Engineer. Size and
method of affixing strap shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer and shall be sufficient to meet or exceed the criteria for
conductivity testing set forth in this specification.
A.2 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe: Polyvinyl chloride pipe (PVC) for water. main
shall conform to AWWA C 900 for pipe 4" through 12" in diameter, and
shall conform to AWWA C905 for pipe 14" or larger in diameter. All pipe
4" through 12" in diameter shall have a minimum dimension ratio (DR) of
18 corresponding to a working pressure of 1~0 psi for PVC type 1120 pipe.
All pipe 14" or larger in diameter shall have a minimum dimension ration
(DR) of 2~ corresponding to a working pressure of 165 psi for PVC type
1120 pipe.
A.2.a Fitting : Fittings shall be Gray Iron or Ductile Iron, manufactured
in the United States, having a minimum working pressure rating of
1~0 psi, and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110
(ANSI A21.10), or AWWA C153 (ANSI 21.53) Ductile-Iron
Compact Fittings.
A.2.b Joints: Joints in plastic pipe shall be bell-end elastomeric-Gasket
type.
' SPEG745.000 3 - 2
71i(`C~m
A.2.c t : est aint f
Restrain s R r s or C900 and C905 PVC pipe shall be
Megalug Series 2000PV, Uni-Flange Series 1300, 1350, 1390 as
may apply or equal. Restraints shall be manufactured in the United
States.
A.2.d Trace Wire: Trace wire shall be installed along the top of the pipe
prior to backfilling. The wire shall be I2 gauge standard plastic
type TW or THW. Inline compression butt splice with 31~I cast kit
shall be used when splicing of wire is required. Splicing shall not
be more frequent than 1 per 2~0 feet of piping. Wire nut splices
will not be allowed. '
At each appurtenance such as a valve box or hydrant, the wire shall ,
be securely fastened to the metal box or hydrant on an approved
stand-off (quick bolt) readily visible. Wiring shall be connected to
the appurtenance in such a way that a Iow voltage circuit can be '
completed without excavation of the structure.
B.
SPEC-7-i~.(iC0
F' e d a t
it HX. r n s
Fire hydrants shall be a 5'/a-inch Medallion as manufactured by Clow Valve
Company, or a Pacer Model WB 67-250 as manufactured by Waterous Company,
and shall conform to AWWA C502. The hydrants shall be rated for high pressure
use.
Hydrants shall be furnished in conformance with the following supplementary '
requirements
B.1 Five-inch (nominal diameter) main valve opening of the type that opens '
against water pressure with a pentagonal operating nut with one-inch sides
(nominal 1.~ inches from point of pentagon to opposite side), and opening
counterclockwise (lefr).
B.2 Barrels shall be one piece with a traffic safety flange above fuushed grade. '
There shall be approximately 17 ~ inches for the Clow Medallion and
approximately 21 ?=' inches for the Waterous Pacer hydrant, from the
flange to the center of the nozzles, and each hydrant shall have a
mechanical joint connection at the hub. end for joining a 6" ductile iron
branch pipe.
B.3 Hydrant bury depth, measured from the to of the branch i e connection ,
P PP
to the finished ground line at the hydrant, shall be 8'-0" (According to
Waterous definition of "Bury"; hydrants with a bury of 8'-6" shall be
furnished).
3 - 3 7-3~000m ,
B.4 Hydrants shall have two outlet nozzles for 2-1/2 inch (I.D.) hose connection
and one outlet nozzle for 4-1/2 inch (I.D.) pumper connection. Threads
shall conform to NFPA No. 194 (ANSI B26) and shall be: hose connection
- 7-1/2 threads per inch, 3.062" nominal outside diameter (National
Standard Thread); pumper connection - 4 threads per inch, 5.70" nominal
outside diameter (National Standard Thread). Nozzle caps shall be nut type
with chain.
C
B.5 Hydrant operating mechanisms shall be provided with "0" ring seals
preventing entrance of moisture and shall be lubricated through an opening
in the operating nut or bonnet.
B.6 Drain holes shall be left open unless indicated otherwise, if so indicated the
hydrant shall be tagged "Pump After Use".
B.7 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with one hydrant wrench for every
ten (10) hydrants supplied or portion thereof. Cost of the .wrenches shall
be incidental to the project.
B.8 Every fire hydrant shall be supplied with a Hydra Finder five foot (~')
location flag.
V ve
Six inch to twelve inch valves shall be resilient seated gate valves, larger than
twelve inches shall be butterfly. Tapping tees shall have resilient seated gate
valves. All valves shall be for buried service.
C.1 Butterflv Valves: Butterfly valves shall be manufactured in the United
States, and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C~04 and the
following requirements:
' a. Working pressure rating of 150 psi minimum.
b. Two inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise (left).
c. Double "O" ring or split V type stem seal.
d. Traveling nut type operator permanently sealed and lubricated.
e. Manufacturers: Dresser, Pratt, or equal.
SPEC-74>.0(70 ~ - 4 7~~OC~m
C.2 Gate Valves: Gate valves shall be manufactured in the United States and
shall conform to AWWA C509 for Resilient Seated Valves, and shall
comply with the following supplementary requirements:
a. Working pressure rating of 200 psi for ail sizes.
b. Two inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise (left).
c. Double "0" ring stem seal, one above .and below the stem seal.
d. Weather seal on bonnet cover.
e. Non-rising stem.
f. Mechanical joints.
D
g. Manufacturers: American, Mueller, Kennedy, or equal.
C.3 Valve Boxes: Valve boxes shall be 5-1/4" diameter shaft suitable for 7.5'
of cover over the top of the water main. Boxes shall be cast iron screw
type two piece boxes with the word "WATER" on the lid. Valve boxes
shall be manufactured in the United States. Valve boxes shall be Tyler
6850 with ~-1/4" drop lid, or equal.
a. Valve Box Extension Stem: Provide each gate valve with a ~
. one- or two-
piece shaft, adjustable e.~ctension stem.. Extension stem shall be
provided with a coupling for use with non=rising stem valves.
Extension stem shall be supported at the upper end. Length of
extension stem shall bring the top of the square wrench nut to
within six to twelve inches from the top of the valve box lid. Non-
. rising extension stem shall be iVlueller A-2641, or equal.
Extension stem shall be manufactured by Mueller or approved
equal.
Water Service Pipe and Appurtenances
D.I Pipe: Water service pipe with inside diameter larger than 2 inches shall
conform to the requirements of Ductile Iron Pipe or Polyvinyl Chloride
Pipe.
Water service pipe 1 to 2 inches inside diameter shall be Type K, seamless
copper water tubi,Zg, sofr annealed temper and conform to the requirements
of ASTiti1 B 88.
SPEC-745.1iW
~-J
7d~000m
D.2 Appurtenances:
a
b
c
d
e
f.
Appurtenance
Corporation Stop
Curb Stop
Curb Box
Shutoff Rod
C~orati_ on Stop: For use with flared copper service pipe, and the
inlet threaded with the standard AWWA taper thread.
ur~~p: For use with flared copper service pipe both ends,
inverted key, and Minneapolis pattern.
Curb Box: ivlinneapolis pattern base, 78"-81" stationary rod, 12
inch box adjustment from 7' to 8' , lid with pentagon plug, and
1-1/4" I.D. upper section.
Service Saddle: Double strap bronze stainless steel type.. Service
saddle shall be Cascade Style CSC-2, Smith-Blair nylon coated
Style 317, Ford Style FS 303, or approved equal.
Wrenches and Ke~,~: The Contractor shall provide the Owner with
one 3' curb box shutoff rod and pentagon key for every 20 curb
boxes supplied or portion thereof, minimum of 3. Cost of keys
shall be incidental to the project.
manufacturers:
Service Manufacturer's Number
Diameter tiluel McDonald Ford
1" - 2" H-15000 4701 F-600
1" - 2" Mark II Oriseal
H-1514
1" H-10300
1-1/2" - 2" H-10300/H10344
H-10321
6104 B22-333M-3/4"
B22-444M-1 "
B22-b6bM-1-1/2"
B22-777M-2"
5614
X615
305
Pentagon Key H-10325 304K
i1L~ u ~ ~ ~vr- ~-ivn ~ ~ ~ T~
~~~--r-~ ' ^ '--0-4-~~43s_ ^ g
sPSC-~as.coo 3 - 6
~asooo~,
E. Polvet vlene Encasement Material
Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to AWWA CIOS Type A for tube type
installation and 8 mil nominal film thickness.
F. Steel Casing~ne
Steel casing pipe for jack-boring shall have a wall thickness of 0.375 inches for casing
pipe up to 24 inch diameter, and a wall thickness of 0.500 inches for casing pipe 26 to 32
inches in diameter.
G- Pi1in~
Piling shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of Mn/DOT Specification
2452. Piles for pipelines shall be Treated Timber, in accordance with Mn/DOT 3471.
H. Granular Mat .r;at~
Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill or other
purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate
such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag, that shall be so graded as to
meet the gradation requirements specified herein for each particular use.
H.1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications: Granular materials furnished for use
in Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfili construction shall conform to the
following requirements:
Percent Passing
eve ize Foundation* Bedding Encasement ac i
3 Inch
2 Inch 100
1 Inch 100 100 100.
3/4 Inch 85-100 90-100 90-100
3/8lnch 30-60 ~0-90 ~0-90
No.4 0-10 35-80 3~-80 35-100
No. 10 20-6~ 20-65 20-100
No. 40 D-3~ 0-3~ 0-3~
No. 200 0-10 0-10 0-10
'` 3/4" to 1-1/2" material may be used in lieu of Foundation specified
SPEC-7-15.000 3 - 7 74~000m
H.2 Granular Material Use Designation: Granular materials provided for Foundation,
Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Contract, either as part
of the pipe item work unit or as a BID item, shall be classified as to use in
accordance with the following:
Material Use Designation done Designation
Granular Foundation Placed below the bottom of pipe grade as replacement for
unsuitable or unstable soils, to achieve better foundation
support.
Granular Bedding Placed below the pipe midpoint, prior to pipe installation,
to facilitate proper shaping and achieve uniform pipe
support.
Granular Encasement Placed from pipe midpoint to one foot above the top of
pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the pipe and
to assure proper filling of voids and thorough
consolidation of backfill.
Granular Backfill Placed below subgrade, if any, as the second stage of
backfill, to minimize trench settlement and provide
support for surface improvements.
In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the Iower limits of any particular
zone shall be the top surface of the next lower course as constructed. The upper
limits of each zone are established to define variable needs for material gradation
and compaction or void content, taking into consideration the sequence of
construction and other conditions. The material use and zone designations
described above shall not be construed to restrict the use of any particular material
in other zones where the gradation requirements are met.
I.
Insulation
Main insulation shall be extruded rigid board material having a maximum thermal
conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, at 40oF
mean, a compressive strength of 3~ psi minimum, and water absorption of 0.2~ percent
by volume maximum. Insulation shall be DOW Styrofoam HI-40, Minnesota Diversified
Products Certiforam brand insulation or equal.
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Specific Requirements, board
dimensions shall measure 8 feet long, 4 feet wide, and 1-1/2 inches thick or greater.
SPEC 74~.6CO j - g 7Y:OC9m
1~
3 CONSTRUCTION REOITiREMENTS
A. Maintenance '
Maintenance of the project site, and any other area affected by construction, shall ,
be in accordance with Mn/DOT specifications including Sections:
1404 Maintenance of Traffic '
1514 Maintenance During Construction
151 Control of Haul Roads '
Appendix B Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffc Control Devices
Maintenance of streets and any detours, by-passes, equipment, stockpile, or storage '
areas provided in conjunction with _the project shall be required and shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. Said maintenance shall include but not be limited
to keeping the streets free of obstacles, parked equipment, unused barricades, '
blading the traveled ways, controlling .the dust in the construction area and on
detours, and maintenance of all barricades and flashers.
The Contractor shall keep the portions of the project being used b ublic traffic,
YP
whether it be through or local traffic, in such condition that the traffic will be '
adequately accommodated at all times. The Contractor shall provide and maintain
temporary approaches, crossings, and intersections with trails, roads, streets,
businesses, parking lots, residences, garages, farms, and other abutting property
in acceptable condition.
The Contractor shall maintain essential services during the course of the project. '
Essential. services shall include emergency vehicles, buses, mail delivery, garbage
collection, drainage and public utility services. The Contractor shall coordinate
his work with all appropriate agencies and utility companies during construction. '
During construction it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to see that all
existing drainage structures, ditches, gutters and utilities in the working area are 1
kept clean. Gutters shall be cleaned and free of dirt and other materials at the end
of each working day to ensure proper drainage. Bales, silt fence or other erosion ,
control measures acceptable to the Engineer shall be used to prevent materials from
washing into drainage ways or storm sewers.
There shall be an inspection of the sanitary sewer, storm sewer and water main
utilities prior to the start of construction. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer
24 hours in advance to aid in accomplishing this inspection. All deficiencies in
these existing systems prior to beginning construction must be immediately brought
to the attention of the Engineer. y y
spec-~~s.a>o 3 - 9 ~asoco~; '
(Z
During construction, the Contractor shall maintain the streets and control dust as
directed by the Engineer. Dust control shall be provided in the same manner to
stockpiles of topsoil, dirt, or other materials throughout the period of construction.
Payment for maintaining streets and controlling dust shall be incidental to this
project and no separate payment made unless provided for on the BID.
B. Work Limits
The Owner has obtained permanent and temporary easements for all construction
on private property, as shown on the plan sheets.
The remaining construction is within the right-of--way of dedicated streets. The
Contractor shall limit his operations to the street right-of--way or easement unless
he makes a separate arrangement with the landowner for the use of additional land.
B.1 Work on Existing Right-of-Wav,~: In the case of construction on a railroad,
state or county highway right-of--way, a permit for such construction will
be obtained by the Owner. The Contractor shall comply with all
requirements specified by the permit with respect to limits, safety
precautions, method of construction, etc., and shall furnish to the state or
county highway department or the railroad the required supplemental bonds
or insurance coverage's as stipulated in the permits without additional cost
to the Owner.
C. Fit bushing Line and Grade
The primary line and grade will be established by the Engineer. Line and grade
stakes will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an appropriate offset and
interval as will serve the Contractor's operations wherever practical;. at each
change in line or grade; and as needed for pipeline appurtenances and service lines.
The Contractor shall arrange his operations to avoid unnecessary interference with
the establishment of the primary line and grade stakes; and shall render whatever
assistance may be required by the Engineer to accomplish the staking. The
Contractor shall be responsible for preservation of the primary stakes and shall
bear the full cost of any restaking necessitated by his negligence.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correct transfer of the primary
line and grade from the stakes to all working points and for construction of the
work to the prescribed lines and grades.
Unless otherwise s cified in the Plans S ecifications and S ecific Re uirements
pe p p q ,
all water main shall generally be placed Gvith 7-1/2 feet of cover. However, a
' greater depth may be required to clear storm and sanitary .sewers and sewer
. services, and no additional compensation shall be provided for such adjustments.
' SPEC-7d.i.000 J - lO 7a~000m
,
In certai ocations where water main is in direct conflic
n 1 t with storm or sanitary
sewer, the water main shall be constructed under the sewer. Where it is necessary
to use vertical bends to avoid sewer mains, no extra compensation will be made for '
this construction with the exception of payment for fittings used.
,
No deviation shall be made from the required line or grade except with the consent
of the Engineer.
'
In areas of conflict between water mains house sewers storm sewers or sanita
ry
sewers, a separation of at least 18 inches between the water main and the sewer
shall be provided. When local conditions prevent a vertical separation as
described, the following construction shall be used:
1. Sewers passing over or under water mains shall be constructed of material
equal to water main standards of construction for a distance of at least 9
feet on either side of the water main.
2. Water main passing under sewers shall, in addition, be protected by
providing: '
a. Adequate structural support for .the sewers to prevent excessive
deflection of joints and settling on and breaking of the water mains; '
and
b. That the length of water pipe be centered at the point of crossing so
that the joints will be equidistant and as far as possible from the
sewer. '
Watermains shall be laid at Ieast 10 feet horizontally from any sanitary sewer,
storm sewer or sewer manhole, whenever possible. When local conditions prevent
a horizontal separation of 10 feet a water main may be laid closer to a storm or
sanitary sewer provided that:
1. The bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the to of the
P
sewer;
2. Where this vertical separation cannot be obtained, the sewer shall be
constructed of materials and with joints that are equivalent to water main '
standards of construction and shall be pressure tested to assure water-
tightness prior to backfillinQ.
y
1
SPEC-715.0(,`0 J - 11 7d5000m '
~~,/
n
i~
D.
L
LII
i~
D
ri
i~
II
E
u
i~
i~
i~
n
SPEC-7~iS.OW
Prot,~ction of Surface Structures
All surface structures and features located outside the excavation limits for
underground installations, together with those within the construction areas which
are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be properly protected against
damage and shall not be disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer.
Within the construction limits, as required, the removal of improvements such as
paving, curbing, walks, turf, etc., shall be subject to acceptable replacement after
completion of underground work, with all expense of removal and replacement
being borne by the Contractor unless separate compensation is specifically
provided for in the Contract.
Obstructions such as street signs, mailboxes, guard posts, culverts, and other items
of prefabricated construction may be temporarily removed during construction
provided essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as approved by the
Engineer and nonessential items are properly stored for the duration of
construction. Upon completion of the underground work, all such items shall be
replaced in their proper setting by and at the sole expense of the Contractor.
In the event of damage to any surface improvements, either privately or publicly
owned, the Contractor will be required to replace or repair the damaged property
to the satisfaction of the Engineer and by the Contractor at his expense.
Interference of Underground Structures
When any underground structure interferes with the planned placement of pipe or
appurtenances and requires alterations in the work to eliminate the conflict or avoid
endangering effects on either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor
shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the affected structures.
When any existing facilities are endangered by the Contractor's operations, he shall
cease his operations at the site and take such precautions as may be necessary to
protect the inplace structures until a decision is made as to how the conflict will be
resolved.
Without specific authorization from the utility owner, no essential utility service
shall be disrupted, nor shall any change be made in either the existing structures
or the planned installations to overcome the interference. Alterations to existing
facilities will be allowed only when that service will not be curtailed unavoidably
and then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy all applicable
regulations and conditions.
3 - 12 ~-~.coom
Wherever alterations are required as a result of unforeseen underground
interference's not due to any fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer
will issue a written change order covering any additional or extra work involved
and specifying the revised basis of payment, if any. Any alterations made strictly
for the convenience of the Contractor shall be subject to prior approval and shall
be at the Contractor's expense.
F
G
No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused by the interference of
underground structures unless approved by the Engineer and included in a chanQe-
order. y
$~moval of Surface Improvements
Removal of surface improvements in connection with trench excavation shall be
limited to actual needs for installation of the pipeline and appurtenances. Removal
operations shall be coordinated effectively with the excavation and installation
operations as will cause the least practical disruption of traffic or inconvenience to
the public. Removed debris shall not be deposited at locations that will restrict
access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or other essential service areas..
Removal and final disposal of debris shall be accomplished as a single operation
wherever possible and the debris shall be removed from the site before starting the
excavating operations.
Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by methods producing
clean-cut breakage that will preserve the remaining structure without damage.
Concrete or bituminous paving shall be removed so when the trench is excavated
there will be a six inch wide minimum undisturbed subgrade and aggregate base
course lip. Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that will cause
damage to the remaining or adjoining property. Where not removed to an existing
joint, concrete structures shall be sawed along the break lines to a minimum depth
of one-third of the structure depth. V -
Any reusable materials or materials for recycling, such as asphalt, concrete,
aggregate, sod or topsoil, shall be segregated from other waste materials and be
stockpiled so as to maintain suitability and permit proper reuse.
Excavation and Trench Preparation
Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in advance of pipe laying as will
satisfy the needs for construction of work and permit advance verification of
unobstructed line and grade as planned. Where interference with existing
structures is possible or in any way indicated, and where necessary to establish
SPEC-745.000 ~ - 1 J 7~;CC9m
~~
elevation or direction for connections to inplace structures, the excavating shall be
done at those locations in advance of the main operation. so actual conditions will
be exposed in sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to extra work
or unnecessary delay.
All installations shall be accomplished by open trench construction except where
boring and jacking or tunnel construction methods shall be employed as specifically
required by the Plans or approved by the Engineer. Surface structures must be
properly supported and the backfill restored to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The excavation operations shall be conducted to carefully expose all inplace
underground structures without damage. Wherever the excavation extends under
or .approaches close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any way,
precautions and protective measures shall be taken as necessary to preserve the
structure and provide temporary support. Hand methods of excavating shall be
utilized to probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installations as gas pipe
and power or telephone cables.
G.1 Classification and Disposition of Materials: All materials encountered in
the excavations, with the exception of items classified for payment as
structure removals, will be considered as Unclassified Excavation.
Unclassified materials shall include muck, rubble, wood debris, boulder
stone, masonry or concrete fragments less than one (1) cubic yard in
volume, together with other miscellaneous matter that can be removed
effectively with power operated excavators.
Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as being either Suitable or
Unsuitable for backfill or other specified use, subject to selective controls.
All suitable materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent needed,
and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for other construction on the
project as may be specified or ordered by the Engineer. To the extent
practical, granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from other
materials during the excavating and stockpiling operations so as to permit
best use of the available materials at the time of backfilling.
All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other use on the project
shall be stored at locations approved by the Engineer that will cause a
minimum of nuisance or inconvenience to public travel, adjacent properties,,
and other special interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to
the edges of the excavations as would create hazardous conditions, nor shall
any material be placed so as to block the access to emergency services. All
materials considered unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project,
shall be immediately removed from the project and be disposed of as
arranged for by the Contractor.
SPEC-745.000
j - 1 ~ 74>Of?Om
_.
G.2 F_.xcavation Limitations and Requirements: Trench excavat' '
mg shall be to
a depth that will permit preparation of the foundation, as specified, and
installation of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line and '
grade except where alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths
shall be sufficient to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and the '
backfill to be placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be
provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of sheeting and
shoring and to accommodate placement of appurtenances.
Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of structure grade as
necessary to accommodate any required Granular Bedding material. When
unstable foundation materials are encountered at the established grade,
additional materials shall be removed as specified or ordered - by the '
Engineer to produce an acceptable foundation. All excavations below grade
shall be to a mitumum width equal to the outside pipe diameter plus two (2)
feet. ,
Where no other grade controls are indicated or established for the pipeline,
the excavating and foundation preparations shall provide a minimum cover 1
over the top of the pipe of 7.~ feet to the proposed final grade as indicated
on the plans.
Trench widths shall allow for at least six inches of clearance on eac
h side
of the joint hubs. The maximum allowable width of the trench at the top
of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two (2) feet,
subject to the considerations for alternate pipe loading set -forth below. The
width of the trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to
prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures while maintaining ,
safe working conditions.
Th
i
e max
mum allowable trench width at the level of the top of pipe may be
exceeded only by approval of the Engineer, after consideration of pipe
strength and loading relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the ,
Contractor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight data and
proposed pipe strength alternate, and shall be made in a timely manner so
as not to delay the project. Approval of alternate pipe designs shall be with
'
the understanding that there will be no extra compensation will be allowed
for any increase in material or construction costs.
G.3 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations: All excavations shall be sheeted,
shored, and braced as will meet all requirements of the applicable safety '
codes and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of the
Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of adjacent surfaces,
foundations, structures, utilities, and other properties. Any damages to the
SPEC-745.000
~ - 1 J 74~OOOm '
~0
work under contract or to adjacent structures or property caused by
settlement, water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ins, or other causes due
to failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing or through negligence or
-fault of the Contractor in any manner shall be repaired by the Contractor
at his expense and without delay.
Where conditions warrant extreme care, the Contractor shall exercise
special precautions to protect life or property. This may include the
installation of sheet piling of the interlocking type or shall include other
safety measures be taken as the Contractor deems necessary. The
Contractor shall at all times be responsible for protection of life, property,
and the work on the project.
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for proper and adequate
placement of sheeting, shoring, and bracing, wherever and to such depths
that soil stability may dictate the need for support to prevent displacement.
Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working space and so as
not to place stress or strain on the inplace structures to any extent that may
cause damage.
Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed only when and
in such manner as will assure adequate protection of the inplace structures
and prevent displacement of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall
be left in place only as required by the Contract. Otherwise, sheeting and
bracing may be removed as the backfilling reaches the level of respective
support. Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper portions
shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three (3) feet or more below the
established surface grade or as the Engineer may direct.
All costs of furnishing, placing and removing sheeting, shoring and bracing
materials, including the value of materials left in place as required by the
Contract, shall be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and will
not be compensated for separately. When any sheeting, shoring, or bracing
materials are left in place by written order of the Engineer, payment may
be made for those materials as an extra work item, including waste material
resulting from upper cut-off requirements.
G.4 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundation : Foundation preparations
shall be conducted to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous
and uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. Where Class C bedding is
specified, the initial excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a
subgrade level slightly above finished Qrade to permit hand shaping to
finished grade by trimming of high spots and without the need for filling
of low spots to grade.
sPEC-~as.ooo 3 - 16 7~S000m
In excavations made below grade to remove unstable materials, the
backfilling to grade shall be made with Granular Foundation material.
Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively uniform layers not exceeding
eight (8) inches in loose thickness. Each layer of backfill shall be
compacted thoroughly, by means of approved mechanical compaction
equipment, to produce uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe length
and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed.
Where. the foundation soil is found to consist of materials that the Engineer
considers to be so unstable as to preclude removal and replacement to a
reasonable depth to achieve solid support, a suitable foundation shall be
constructed as the Engineer directs in the absence of special requirements
therefore in the Contract. The Contractor shall be required to furnish and
drive piling and construct concrete or timber bearing supports or other
work as provided for in an extra work order.
Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to prevent any.
over-excavation. Should any low spots develop, they shall only be filled
with Granular Foundation material, which shall be compacted thoroughly,
without additional compensation provided to the Contractor. The finished
subgrade shall be maintained free of water and shall not be disturbed during
pipe lowering operations except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The
discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to natural drainage
channels or storm water drains in a manner which does not cause damage
to private or public property. Any debris left by dewatering operations
shall be cleaned up immediately by the Contractor. Draining trench water
into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will not be permitted.
The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering system of wells or
points to maintain pipe trenches free of water wherever necessary or as
directed by the Engineer to meet the intent of these specifications. Unless
otherwise specified in the Plans,-Specifications, or Specific Requirements,
such work shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation
provided therefore.
All costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding
aggregates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to
the extent that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract
provisions and the BID does not provide for payment therefore under
separate BID items.
If examination by the Engineer reveals the need for placement of
foundation aggregates was caused by the Contractor's manipulation of the
soils in the presence of excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering,
the cost of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor.
SPEC-74>.000 j - I7 74~000m
H• Installation of Pipe and Fittings
' Inspection, handling, and all aspects of the installation of pipe, services, and
appurtenances shall be in accordance with the applicable sections of the AWWA
' specifications, the manufacturer's recommendations, and as supplemented as
follows.
' H.1 Inspection. and Handling: Proper and. adequate implements, tools, and
facilities shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and
convenient prosecution of the work. Unloading, distribution, and storage
' of pipe and appurtenant materials on the job site shall be at a .location
approved by the Engineer. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will
' ~ prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fittings; preclude
contamination of interior areas; and to avoid jolting contact, dropping or
dumping.
Before being lowered into la in osition, the Contractor shall make a
Y gP
thorough visual inspection of each pipe section and appurtenant units to
' detect damage or unsound conditions that may need corrective action or be
cause for rejection. Inspection procedure shall be as approved by the
Engineer, with special methods being required as he deems necessary to
check out suspected defects more definitely. The Contractor shall inform
the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the
' required corrective action or order rejection.
Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and
' fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters,
rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be
corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repairs as needed.
H.2 Pipe Laying erations: Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall
proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and joining
of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary
y
deviation or hindrance.
' All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and
fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench and they shall be
' kept clean by approved means during and after laying. The
watermain materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the
use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe
' be dropped into the trench.
SPEC-74.000 .7 - 1 ~ 7~~000m
At the time of pipe placement, the bedding conditions shall be such as to
provide uniform and continuous support for the pipe between bell holes.
Bell holes shall be excavated as necessary to make the joint connections,
but they shall be no larger than would be adequate to support the. pipe
throughout its length. No pipe material shall be laid in water nor when the
trench or bedding conditions are otherwise unsuitable or improper.
H.3
SPEC-7a~.OW
~.
~i
~i
~i
When placement or handling precautions prove inadequate, in the
Engineer's opinion, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable plugs
or caps effectively closing the open ends of each pipe section before it is
lowered into laying position, and they shall remain so covered until
removal is necessary for connection of an adjoining unit. It shall be the
sole responsibility of the Contractor for the removal. of any debris found in
the water main at any time during the project.
As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the
spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and
brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with
approved backfill material, which shall be thoroughly compacted by
tamping around the pipe.
Connection of pipe to existing or previously constructed lines shall be
accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the
Engineer.
At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, including noon hour and
overnight periods, all open ends of the pipe line shall be closed by
watertight plugs or other means approved by the Engineer.. If water is
present in the trench, the seals shall remain in place until the trench is
pumped completely dry.
Unless otherwise noted in the Specific Requirements, Class B pipe bedding
shall be used for PVC water main and Class C pipe bedding shall be used
for Ductile Iron water main.
Ductile Iron Pipe Joints
H.3.a Push-On Joints: The circular rubber casket shall be flexed inward
and inserted in the gasket recess of the bell socket. A thin film of
approved gasket lubricant shall be applied to either the inside
surface of the gasket or the outside surface of the spigot end. Care
shall be taken to prevent introduction of contaminants. The joint
shall be completed by forcing the spigot end to the bottom of the
socket by the use of suitable prybar or jack type equipment. Spigot
ends which do not have depth marks shall be 'marked before
3 - 19 7d~000m
~Z
C4
assembly to insure full insertion. Field cut pipe shall be filled or
ground at the spigot. edge to resemble the manufacturer's fabricated
detailing. The use of the bucket on the excavation equipment shall
not be used to force pipe into socket.
H.3.b Mechanical Joints: The last eight inches of the outside spigot
surface and the inside bell surface of each pipe and appurtenance
joint shall be painted with a soap solution, after being thoroughly
cleaned. The cast iron gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end
with the lip extension toward the socket or bell end. The rubber
gasket shall be painted with soap solution and be placed on the
spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland. An approved
lubricant provided by the pipe manufacturer may be used in lieu of
the soap solution.
After the spigot end is inserted into the socket to full depth and
centered, the gasket shall be pressed into place within the bell
evenly around the entire joint. After the gland is positioned behind
the gasket, all bolts shall be installed and the nuts tightened
alternately to the specified torque; such as to produce equal pressure
on all parts of the gland.
Unless otherwise specified, the bolts shall be tightened in
accordance with AWWA C-600 by means of a suitable
torque-limiting wrench within afoot-pound range of:
Pipe Size Bolt Size Torque
Inch ~ ft~
3 S/8 45-60
' 4-24 3/a 75-90
30-36 1 100-120
n
D
u
i~
SPEC-7~15.OW
After tightening, all exposed parts of the bolts and nuts shall be
completely coated with an approved bituminous rust preventive coal
tar material such as Koppers, Bitumastic Super Service Black or
Tnemec 46-4~7 Tnemecol.
H.4 Polvvinvl Chloride Pipe Joints: Jointing shall be in accordance with
AWWA Manual No. iv123.
H.5 Aliening and Fitting of Pine: The cutting of pipe for inserting valves,
fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner
without damage to the pipe and shall leave a smooth square-cut end. Pipe.
shall be cut with approved mechanical cutters.
3 - 20
7d~000m
3
Wherever it is necessary to deflect the pipe from a straight line either in the
vertical or horizontal plane, to avoid obstructions, plumb stems, or produce
a long radius curve when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at
each joint shall not exceed the allowable limits for maintaining satisfactory
joint seal as given in AWWA C600 for mechanical joints and push-on
joints, or as otherwise allowed by the pipe manufacturer.
MECHAN ICAL JOINT
Offset Radius
Pipe Size Deflection Angle Inch Feet
Inc Degrees 18' 20' 18' 20'
3-4 8-18 31 35 12~ 140
6 7-07 27 30 14~ 160•
8-12 ~-21 20 22 19~ 220
14-16 3-35 13.5 15 285 320
18-20 3-00 11 12 340 380.
24-30 2-23 9 10 450 500
PUSH-ON JOINT
Pipe Size Deflection Angle
Inch Degrees
3-12 - 5
14-36 3
Offset
Inch
18' 20'
19 21
11 12
Radius
Feet
18' 20'
20~ 230
340 380
H.6 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe: All plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other
thrust points shall be provided with reaction backing, or movement shall be
prevented by attachment of suitable restraining devices, in accordance with
the requirements of the Plans, Specific Requirements and typical details.
~t~te-a->~se~rce-a~o-t~:~ccnica-i-cq~-~.s The following provisions
shall apply for reaction blocking or restraining devices. Megalug type
restraining devices shall be used unless other suitable restraining devices
or reaction blocking have been approved by the Joint Powers Water Board
Engineer.
SPEC-7=15.p0o
a. Megalug Series 1100 Retainer glands for ductile-iron watermain,
ivlegalug Series 2000PV retainer Glands for PVC watermain, or cast
in place concrete blocking or rodding shall be used for joint
restraint on all horizontal and vertical bends exceeding 20 degrees
3 - 21 ~saoom
z4
deflection, and all caps, plugs, branch tees, crosses, valves at the
end of a line, all hydrant valves, and all hydrants. Restrained joints
cast onto the pipe by the manufacturer (Lok-Tyton, Fastite, etc.)
will be considered as being equivalent to the use of retainer glands.
Retainer glands equivalent in function and form to .the Megalug
Series 1100 for ductile iron waterniain or Megalug Series 2000PV
for PVC watermain may be used only if it is approved by the Joint
Powers Water Board Engineer.
Plugged tees and crosses in a straight run do not require restraint.
For restrained joints, the number of feet of tied pipe required shall
be in accordance with the table below.
rr,r.r ~r x~sl~xAINED OR TIED PIPE REQUIRED ON EACH SIDE OF THE BEND
NOTE: (1) Table based on sand excavation, for silt increase 50%
(2) If Polyethylene wrapping is used increase value by 100%
N.R. =Not Recommended
4' Cover 6' Cover 8' Cover
Pipe Size Bend Sizes Bend Sizes Bend Sizes
22'~~° 4~° 67Yz° 90° 22i/z° 4~° 671/x° 90° 22'/x° 4~° 67~/z° 90°
3" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 1' 3' 4' 8' 1' 2' 3' 4'
4" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 2' 4' S' 8' ~ 1' 3' 4' S'
6" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 3' 6' 8' 9' 2' 4' S' 6'
8" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 4' 7' 9' I1' 3' S' 7' 9'
12" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 6' 10' 14' 17' S' 8' IO' 12'
16" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 7' 13' 18' 21' 6' IO' 14' 17'
20" 12' 22' 30' 37' 9' 1~' 22' 27' 7' 12' 17' ~0'
24" 14' 25' 37' 43' 10' 18' 26' 30' N.R. ~ N.R. N.R. N.R.
30" 17' 30' 45' ~2' 12' 21' 30' 37' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R.
36" 19' 35' ~0' 61' 14' 2S 3~' 43' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R.
42" 22' 39' S6' 69' 16' 28' 40' 49' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R.
48" 24' 43' 63' 77' I8' 31' 46' » ' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R.
Table is from "Standards For The Installation Of Water Mains" St. Paul Water Utility.
` b. Offset bends made with standard offset fittings need not be strapped
or buttressed. V
c. Tie rods and tie harnesses shall be of the same size as the required
bolt, torqued to the requirements of Section H.3.b. After installing
the tie rods and harnesses and prior to the backfill operations, they
shall be coated with abrush- applied tar .coating. This coating
shall be Koppers Bitumastic Super Services Black or Tnemec
46-4~7 Tnemecol, or equal, and shall be applied to the
manufacturer's specifications. Hot dipped galvanized parts need
not be-tar coated.
SPEC-74.000 J - ~~ 74~000m
Z~
All necessa fittings, bands, tie rods nuts and
rY ~ washers, and all
labor and excavation required for installation of reaction restraints ,
shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense and without
direct compensation.
H
d
d bl
h
i '
ar
woo
ock
ng s
all only be used. as .temporary reaction
backing until acceptable permanent reaction blocking or restraining
devices have been installed. Blocking shall be nominal 2-inch
timber having an area equivalent to at least four times the area of
the surface of the cap or plug it restrains.
Concrete buttresses shall e u e a '
b po r d a~amst firm, undisturbed
ground and shall be formed in such a way that the joints will be
kept free of concrete and remain accessible for repairs. The '
concrete mix used in buttress construction shall meet the
requirements for Grade B (3400 psi) of itiln/DOT 2461. ,
Buttress dimensions shall be as indicated on the Plans or as
approved by the Engineer. '
Contractors are instructed to size concrete buttress blocking on
fittings and dead ends where the blocking must withstand the
'
pressure of larger main line fittings equipped with reducers, for the
larger sized main line thrust and not for smaller fitting size only.
This is of particular importance on tees and crosses where the main
size is reduced on the run from large to small size by use of
reducers. '
I. Polvethvlene Encasement of Pipeline
D
uctile iron pipe and/or valves, fittings, and appurtenances, shall be fully encased
in polyethylene film of 8 mil nominal thickness. The film shall be furnished in
tube form for installation on pipe and all pipe-shaped appurtenances such as bends, '
reducers, offsets, etc. Sheet film shall be provided and used for encasing all
odd-shaped appurtenances such as valves, tees, crosses, etc.
Installation shall be in accordance with AWWA C 10~ , Type A.
J. Jack-Bore Steel Casin~Pipe
The Contractor shall jack-bore steel casing pipe in place as specified and as located '
on the Plans.
SPEC-7~i~.0(}0
In granular native soils, a 1-1/2" pipe shall be forced along the top of the casino
pipe. The end of this 1-1/2" pipe shall be 18" back from the lead edge. of the
3 - 23 7d~000m '
c7 (%
jacking pipe. Bentonite grout under pressure shall be forced through this pipe at
all times during the jacking operation to fill any voids that might develop above the
casing.
The water pipe shall then be installed in the casing and the annular space between
the water pipe and casing shall be densely filled with sand and the ends sealed with
concrete or mortar.
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining or paying any special permit fees
for bonds, etc. required.
K
II
Placement of Insulation
Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe encasement zone, six (6)
inches above the pipe. Prior to placement of the insulation, encasement material
shall be compacted until there is no further visual evidence of increased
consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density
requirements specified in the Specific Requirements-, then leveled and lightly
scarified to a depth of 1/z inch. Encasement zone material placed below the
insulation shall be free of rock or stone fragments measuring 1-1/2 inches or
greater.
Insulation boards shall be placed on the scarified material with the long dimension
parallel to the centerline of the pipe. Boards placed. in a single layer shall be
overlapped at least 6 inches on all sides to eliminate continuous joints for the full
depth of the insulation. If two or more layers of insulation boards are used, .each
layer shall be placed to cover the joints of the layer immediately below with an
overlap of at least 6 inches.
The Contractor shall exercise caution to insure that all joints between boards are
tight during placement and backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end
or edge to edge. Broken or damaged material shall be removed and replaced.
The first layer of material placed over the insulation shall be twelve (12) inches in
depth, free of rock or stone fragments measuring. l-1/2 inches or greater. The
material shall be placed in such a manner that construction equipment does not
operate directly on the insulation and shall be compacted with equipment which
exerts a contact pressure of less than 80 psi. The first layer shall be compacted
until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the density
of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified.
' SPEC-7d~.000 ~ - 74 74~000m
~7
l
L
SPEC-745. C1i0
Water Service Installation
Water service lines complete with all required appurtenances, shall be installed in
accordance with all pertinent requirements for main line installations and as
supplemented as follows. '
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep an accurate record of the
location, depth and size of each service connection and other pertinent data such '
as the location of curb stops and pipe endings. Tap locations shall be recorded in
reference to survey line stationing. Curb boxes shall be tied to definable land
marks such as building corners, fire hydrants, manholes and telephone pedestals.
Pipe terminals at the property line shall be marked on the ground surface with a
2" x 4" x 8' wood post extending 3' above grade with the top 2' painted blue.
Water service lines shall be installed in accordance with i~Sinnesota Department of
Health standards. Where water service lines are installed alongside of sanitary or
storm sewer service lines, installation shall maintain the minimum specified
clearances between pipelines and provide proper and adequate bearing for all pipes
and appurtenances. For separate installation, the trench width shall be not less '
than two feet. Subject to minimum clearances, the water lines may be laid in a
common trench excavated principally for sewer installation, either by widening the
trench as necessary or by providing a shelf in the trench wall where ground
stability will permit.
Unless otherwise specified, installation of water service lines shall provide for not ,
less than seven and one-half feet of cover over the top of the pipe and for not less
than 18 inches of clearance between pipelines. Also, at least 6 inches of clearance '
shall be maintained in crossing over or under other structures. Where the service
pipe maybe exposed to freezing due to insufficient cover or exposure from other
underground structures, the water pipe shall be insulated as directed by the
Engineer.
Service trenches shall be restored and compacted as specified for pipelines. '
L.1 Tap Service Lines: Tap service piping shall be Seamless Copper Water
Tube of the size and type specified. Pipe size for tap service installations
shall be from 1 inch to 2-1/2 inch nominal inside diameter.
Unless otherwise indicated, tap service piping may be.laid directly on any '
solid foundation soil that is relatively free of stones and hard lumps.
Tap service piping shall be installed in one piece without intermediate joint
couplings between the corporation stop at the water main tap and the curb
stop. All pipe and appurtenances shall be joined by means. of approved
flared type threaded couplings. '
~ - 2J 7-t~Ct;am '
~~
Connection of tap service lines to the water main shall be made with an
approved corporation stop, with the. water main tap being made from
horizontal to an angle of not more than 15 degrees from the horizontal.
(2:30 and 9:Q30 o'clock). Expansion loops shall be directed horizontally,
not vertically from the tap. A minimum of 3 full threads of the corporation
stop must engage in ductile iron water main or a saddle must be used for
the connection (see chart below). All tap service lines to polyvinyl chloride
water main shall have a saddle used with the connection.
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE SADDLE REQUIREMENTS
Class 52 Class ~0
Pipe Size 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
Inches
Wall
Thickness .29 .31 .33 .35 .31 .33 .34 .3~ .36 .38
Inches
Corp. Stop Pipe Thickness Required for 3 Corporation Stop Threads.
c e Inches
1
.38 .34 .32 .31 .30 .29 .29 .28 .28 .27
1-1/4 4~ .39 .36 .34 .33 .32 .31 .30 .30 .30
1-1/2
.4.4 .40 .37 .35 .34 .33 .32 .32 .31
2 .48 .44 .41 .39 .37 .36 .35 .33
ABOVE LINE-W/0 SADDLE
BELOW LINE-W/SADDLE
The flaring of copper tubing ends shall be accomplished only with the use
of the proper size and type of tools as designated for the purpose, and will
provide accurate sizing and rounding of the ends. Tubing shall be cut
squarely and all edge roughness shall. be removed prior to flaring. All
couplings shall be tightened securely, so the flared end fits snugly against
the bevel of the fitting without leakage. The flared joint couplings shall be
made up without the use of jointirig compounds.
SPEC-745.000 3 - 76 74~000m
>~
Unless otherwise indicated, tap service lines shall be installed on a straight
line at right angles to the water main or property line. The service line
shall be terminated with a curb stop and box at the property, line.
The service pipe and curb stop coupling depth shall be such as to maintain
not less than 7-1/2' minimum cover, or in locations where conflict may
occur with storm sewer, service pipe shall be placed at Least 3 .feet below
the storm sewer invert or shall be insulated in accordance with the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions to prevent freezing. In any case the
Contractor shall make every effort to provide for a standard depth service
box installation where practicable.
The service box shall be screwed onto the curb stop coupling and be firmly
supported on a concrete block. Service boxes shall be installed plumb and
be braced effectively to remain vertical during and after completion of
backfilling. The service boxes shall be brought to fmal surface grade when
the final ground surface has been established. y
M
Setting Valves Hvdrants Fitting and pedals
Valves, hydrants, fittings and specials shall be provided and installed as required
by the plans and detail plates, and with each installation accomplished in
accordance with the requirements for installation of mainline pipe to the extent
applicable. Support blocking, thrust blocking, and anchorage. devices shall be
provided as required by the plans and detail plates.
Hydrants shall be installed plumb, with the. height and orientation of nozzles as
shown on the detail plates. Hydrants shall be connected to the mainline pipe with
a 6 inch diameter branch pipe, controlled by an independent valve. A concrete
reaction block shall be installed between the hydrant shoe and undisturbed soil for
all hydrants. Branch piping shall be restrained using Mega-Lug retainer glands
unless another method of joint restraint has been previously approved.
A drainage pit one-half cubic yard in volume shall be installed around the hydrant
base and shall be filled with coarse gravel firmly compacted under and around the
hydrant base and 6" above the drain outlet. The course gravel shall be covered
with at least two Iayers of tar paper or six (6)mil polyethylene prior to placing
backfill.thereon. Drain holes shall be normally left open when specified.
Hydrants located where the groundwater table is above the drain outlet shall have
the outlet plugged and shall be equipped with a tag stating, "Pump After Use".
Hydrants shall be set so that the bottom of the traffic flange is 2 to 4 inches above
finished grade.
SPEC-745.GCU j - 77 74~000m
.~ L
i~
Valve boxes shall be centered over the wrench nut of the valve and be installed
plumb, with the box cover flush with the surface of landscaped areas. In streets,
valve boxes shall be set at 'fz inch below the finished surface of bituminous or
concrete pavement or 6 inches below the surface of a gravel surfaced road. Valves
~~'°'^"°'"~°'^.~L~~a~.:ut~ shall have 6 mil polyethylene, 4' x 4', placed tightly
over the valve prior to the box assembly to prevent corrosion and soil migration
into the valve box assembly. Valve boxes shall not be installed so as to transmit
shock or stress to the valve. Valve boxes installed outside the paved roadway shall
have a 4"x4"x6' wood post installed, adjacent to the box, with two (2) feet above
the ground surface. Post is not required when the valve box is installed with a
hydrant. A,~-~-~ All valves shall
incorporate a valve stem extension that places the operating nut at ~ 6 to 12
inches below finished grade.
Special appurtenances shall be provided and installed as required by the Plans and
Special Provisions.
All dead ends shall be closed with approved plugs or caps and restrained by
rodding or thrust blocking. If line size is reduced at the end of the line, restraints
shall be sized for the line size prior to reduction. Install a 4"x4" wood post
vertically from the pipe end invert to two (2) feet above the ground surface.
N. Pipeline Backfilling Operations
All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore pre-existing conditions as the
minimum requirement, and fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the
Plans and Specifications. The backfilling operations shall be started as soon as
conditions will permit on each section of pipeline; so as to provide continuity in
subsequent operations and restore normal public service as soon as practicable on
asection-by-section basis. All operations shall be pursued diligently, with proper
and adequate equipment, as will assure acceptable results.
Backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of Suitable Materials selected from
the excavated materials to the extent available and practical.
Suitable Material shall be defined as a mineral soil reasonably free of foreign
materials (rubbish, debris, etc.), frozen clumps, organic matter, stone, rock,
' concrete, or bituminous chunks larger than 4", and other unsuitable materials that
may damage the pipe installation or prevent thorough compaction, taking into
consideration particular needs of different backfill zones. Unsuitable material shall
only be utilized where and to the extent there will be no detrimental .effects and
with the approval of the Engineer.
' SPEC-74.000 ~ - 28 7~~OC-0m
3l
,
Backfill materials shall be ca e
r fully placed m relatively uniform depth layers
spread over the full width and length of the trench section to provide simultaneous
support on both sides of the pipeline. Each layer shall be compacted effectively,
by approved mechanical methods before placing material-for a succeeding layer
thereon. Within the pipe bedding zone compaction shall be in a minimum of three '
lifts: invert to spring line., spring line to top of pipe, and top of pipe to 1.0 foot
over top of pipe. Maximum thickness of any lift shall be eight (8) inches
compacted thickness. Compaction requirements are: 95 % Standard Proctor t
maximum dry density from the pipe zone to within 3 feet of the ground surface,
and 100% Standard Proctor maximum dry density in the final 3 feet.
All su lus or waste mate is e Q
rp r is r mairunb after completion of the backfillmg
operations shall be disposed of in an acceptable manner after completing the
backfill work. Disposal at any location within the project limits shall be as ,
specified, or as approved in writing by the Engineer; otherwise, disposal shall be
accomplished outside the project limits at the Contractor's own dump site.
0. $estoration of Surface Improvements
' '
Wherever an surface im rovements such as avement cur
Y P p bung, pedestrian walks,
fencing or turf have been removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the
'
Contractor
s operations, they shall be repaired or replaced in kind and structure to
the pre-existing condition or better. Each item of restoration work shall be done
as soon as practical after completion of installation and backfilling operations on
each section of pipeline. '
In the absence of specific payment provisions, as separate BID items, the '
restoration work shall be compensated as part of the work required under those
BID items which necessitated the destruction and replacement of repair, and there
will be no separate payment therefore. If separate pay items are provided for '
restoration work, only that portion of the repair or reconstruction which was
necessitated by the Contract work will be measured for payment. Any
improvements removed or damaged unnecessarily shall be replaced or repaired by ,
the Contractor at his expense.
A proper foundation shall be prepared before- reconstructing concrete or bituminous
improvements. Unless otherwise directed, granular material shall be placed to a
depth of at least four (4) inches under all concrete and bituminous items. No direct '
compensation will be made for furnishing and placing this material even though
such course was not part of the original construction.
~~~
~,
7
SPEC-74.000
~ - ~ 9 7~;000m
~~'
Existing concrete and bituminous surfaces at the trench wall shall be sawed or cut
with a cutting wheel to form a neat edge in a straight line before surfaces are to be
restored. Sawing or cutting may be accomplished as a part of the removal or prior
to restoration at the option of the Contractor. However, all surface edges shall be
inspected prior to restoration.
Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other remains or consequences of
construction, shall be accomplished prior to final acceptance of all work. Final
acceptance of each BID item can only be made when the cleanup associated with
each item is completed. The Engineer may withhold partial payments until such
work is satisfactorily pursued or he may deduct the estimated cost of its
performance from the partial estimate value.
' 4. TESTING
II
D
u
ii
P. Maintenance and Final Cleanup
All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained acceptably until the start of surface
construction or restoration work. Additional materials shall be provided and
placed as needed to compensate for trench settlement and to serve until completion
of the final surface improvements.
A.
' SPEC-745.000
Disinfection of Water Mains
Before being placed in service, the completed water main installation shall be
disinfected and flushed, and after the final flushing the water shall be tested for
bacteriologic quality and found to meet the standards prescribed by the Minnesota
Department of Health. The disinfection materials and procedures and the
collection and testing of water samples shall at a minimum be in accordance with
the provisions of AWWA C6~1, Disinfecting Water Mains, and as will meet the
requirements of the Minnesota Department of Health.
Where an existing water main is cut for the installation of a hydrant, for lowering
the water main, or for reasons determined by the Engineer, the pipe and fittings
proposed to be installed shall be disinfected prior to installation as follows:
1. The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt and foreign
material.
2. The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly swabbed or sprayed
with a 1 percent minimum hypochlorite solution.
3-30
745000m
~~
Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Specific Requirements,
the Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform the disinfecting, flushing, '
and testing as necessary for meeting the water quality requirements. The AWWA
C651 provisions for disinfection of water mains are reproduced for informational
purposes as follows: ,
A.1 Tablet Method ,
Tablet Method may be used only when scrupulous cleanliness has been
practiced to exclude all foreign materials and ground water during pipe
installation. If ground water has entered pipe during pipe installation, the
water main shall be flushed and the Chlorine-Water solution method shall
be used.
Placing Calcium H~ochlorite Granules
During construction, calcium hypochlorite Granules shall be placed at the
upstream end of the first section of pipe, yat the upstream end of each
branch main, and at 500 foot intervals along the main. The quantity of '
granules shall be in accordance with the .following table:
Ounces of Calcium Hypochlorite Granules to be placed at beginning of '
main and at each 500 foot interval:
Pi e Dia. in.~ Calcium H~ochlorite Granules (,oz.~
4 0.5
6 1.0
8 2.0
10 3.0
12 4.0
16 and larger 8.0 '
Placing Calcium Hy~ochlorite Tablets
Attach tablets on the top of the main using an adhesive such as Permatex
No. 1, product of Loctite Corp, or equal. If tablets are not attach to the top ,
and water contacts them they will react prior to the disinfection period.
The table below gives tablets required per pipe size and length to achieve
2~ ma/1. t
SPEC-745.000 3 - 31 ~asc~oom
~u
Number of 5-g Hypochlorite Tablets
Reduired for Dose of 2~ mQ/~
Pipe Length of P. e feet
Diameter
nch 1 r le ~.$ 20 ~ 4Q
4 1 1 1 1 1
6 1 1 1 2 2
8 1 2 2 3 4
10 2 3 3 4 j
12 3 4 4 6 7
16 4 6 7 10 U
Number of 5-g tablets = .0012 d2L
d =pipe diameter, inches
L =pipe. length, feet
Based on 3.25 grams (65%) available chlorine per tablet
The main shall be filled with water at a rate no greater than 1 fps.
Precautions shall be taken to assure that air pockets are eliminated. The use
of additional curb stops to bleed air through at high points may be
necessary.
Chlorination Residual of 2~ mg/L chlorinated water shall be retained in the
pipe for a minimum of 24 hours, 48 hours when the water temperature is
below 41oF. Valves and hydrants shall be operated to ensure disinfection.
A.2 Continuous Feed. iVlethod
' Continuous feed method consists of completely filling the main, removing
all air pockets, flushing to remove particulates, then filling the main with
potable water chlorinated so that after a 24 hour holding period in the main
there will be a free chlorine residual of not less than 10 mQ/L. Flushing
velocity shall not be less than 2.5 fps, see table below. V y
SPEC-7=h.000 j - j2 7dSf~-0m
Required Flow and Openings to Flush Pipelines"
(40-psi Residual Pressure in Water Mainl
SPEC-745.000
Flow Required Size of Hydrant Outlets
Pipe to Produce 2.5 fps Tap on
Diameter Velocity in Main ain"" u e i e ~
4 100 15/16 1 2-1/2
6 220 1-3/8 1 2-1/2
8 390 1-7/8 1 2-1/2
10 610 2-5/16 1 2-1/2
12 880 2-13/16 1 2-1/2
16 1~6~ 3-5/8 2 2-1/2
'~ With a 40-psi pressure in the main with the hydrant flowing to atmosphere,
a 2-1/2-in. hydrant outlet will discharge approximately 1000 gpm and a
4-1/2-in. hydrant nozzle will discharge approximately 2500 gpm.
** Size of tap on main, with no significant length of discharge piping.
Water from the existing system or other approved source shall be made to
flow at a constant measured rate in the new main. At a point not much
more than 10 feet downstream from beginning the new main, water
entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine fed at a constant rate
such that the water will have not less than 25 mg/L free chlorine. Measure
the chlorine concentration at regular intervals in accordance with Standard
Methods, AWWA M12, or using appropriate chlorine test kits. The
following Table gives the amount of chlorine required for various pipes:
Chlorine Required to Produce 2~ mg/L
Concentration in 100 ft of Pipe - by Diameter
Pipe 100 1 percent
Diameter Chlorine Chlorine Solutions
Inc 1~. Qa .
4 .013 0.16
6 .030 0.36
8 .0~4 0.6~
10 .085 1.02
12 .120 1.44
16 .217 2.60
1 ~o chlorine solution requires 1 lb. of calcium hypochlorite in 8 gallons of
water.
~ - » 7~~CCOm
Strong chlorine solution in the main being treated shall not flow into mains
in service. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the main for at least
24 hours, during which time all valves and hydrants shall be operated in
order to disinfect the appurtenances. At the end of the 24 hour period the
treated water in all portions of the main shall have a residual of not less
than 10 mg/L free chlorine.
Preferred equipment for applying liquid chlorine is a solution feed vacuum
operated chlorinator in combination .with a booster pump for injecting the
chlorine gas solution water into the main to be disinfected.
A.3 u Q
After the applicable retention period, heavily chlorinated water shall not
remain in .prolonged contact with the pipe. Chlorinated water shall be
flushed from the main until chlorine concentration is no higher than
generally in the system-for domestic use. v
The environment to which the chlorinated water is to be discharged shall
be inspected. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that the
receiving area is not damaged by the chlorinated water and shall use a
reducing agent for neutralization when necessary.
A.4 Bacteriological Tests
After final flushing and before the water main is placed in service, samples
of water shall be collected from the end of the main and each branch Line
for testing for bacteriological quality in accordance with Standard tifethods
for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, and shall show the absence
of coliform organisms. Samples shall be at a rate of one per every 1000
feet of pipe. If water in the pipe does not meet the Minnesota Department
of Health requirements, disinfection procedure shall be repeated until
meeting the requirements. Acceptance forms from the governing agency
shall be furnished to the Engineer.
B
Hydrostatic Testing of Water Main
Each valved section shall be subjected to the pressure test and, if required, the
leakage test prescribed herein. Testing for the two (2) hour duration shall be with
hydrants closed, and valves on hydrant leads and dead end waterlines open. Once
this portion of the test is completed, the valve on the hydrant Ieads and dead end
water lines shall be closed and hydrants opened. The specified test pressure shall
be applied, and the test repeated for 1~ minutes to establish the condition of the
hydrant lead valves.
SPEG7-35.000 3 - 34 i-1~000m
37
l
This shall apply to both the pressure and leakage test. The Engineer or Owner
may require the Contractor to test the first section of pipe installed to demonstrate
the Contractors ability to install the pipe in an acceptable manner.. When the
connection to the existing system is not made with a valve, the Contractor shall test
the existing section to the first available valve(s) to determine the condition of the
existing system, or the Contractor may make provisions to test his work separately,
prior to connection to the existing system, in a manner acceptable to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall furnish the pump, pipe connections, gauges, and measuring
equipment, and shall perform the testing in the presence of the Engineer. The
pressure gauge for the test shall be an Ashcroft Model 1082 with 4-1/2 inch dial
face at 1 psi increments. Where permanent air vents are not provided, the
Contractor shall provide and install corporation cocks at the high points as needed
for release of air as the line is filled with water.
Where concrete reaction blocking is placed, the water main shall not be subjected
to hydrostatic pressure until at least 5 days. have elapsed after the concrete
placement, with the exception that this period may be reduced to 2 days where high
early strength concrete is used.
At the option of the Engineer, the pressure and leakage tests may be conducted
simultaneously. Any defective joints, pipe, fittings, valves, or hydrants, revealed
during the testing or before fmal acceptance of the work shall be satisfactorily
cotnected and the tests shall be repeated until the specified requirements have been
met.
B.l Pressure Test: The section being tested shall be slowly filled with water
and the specified test pressure shall be applied afrer all air has been
expelled from the pipe. A hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square
inch, gauge pressure, measured at the lowest point of elevation, shall be
applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner.
The gauge pressure shall be checked after a minimum of two (2) hours. A
pressure drop of 1 psi or less will be cause to accept the test section.
Several attempts must be made to satisfy the Engineer the pressure test will
not be successful. If the drop is more than 2 psi after these attempts, the
Engineer may authorize the leakage test in writing for acceptance.
Service Pipe may be tested at the time of the foregoing test, if installed, at
the Contractor's option. However, testing of service pipes may be
completed as a separate operation from main testing, and if so, the test
pressure shall be 100 p.s.i. Service pipe testing, if done separately, shall
be done with the corporation stop open.
sPECaas.ooo 3 - 3j 74~000m
n
~i
~i
~i
J
i~
B.2 Leakage Test: After an unsatisfactory pressure test, and if authorized in
writing by the Engineer a leakage test shall be performed on each valved
section of water main to determine the quantity of water that must be
supplied into the section to maintain a test pressure of 150 .pounds per
square inch, after the air in the pipeline has been expelled and the pipe has
been filled with water. The water added shall be recorded to the nearest
fluid ounce.
After filling the pipe .with water and expelling all air in the line, a pressure
of 150 psi shall be applied in the same manner as prescribed for the
pressure test, and sufficient water shall be measured and supplied into the
pipe section to maintain the pressure for a test duration of two (2) hours.
Each pipe section tested will be accepted if the leakage does not exceed the
quantity determined by the formula as shown in the table below, based on
an allowable leakage of 11.65 gpd/mile/nominal diameter inch at 150 psi.
L = SD~IP
133,200
L =Maximum permissible leakage in gallons per hour
S =Length of pipe tested
D =Nominal diameter of pipe in inches
P =Average test pressure during the test, in pounds per square inch,
gauge pressure.
ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE PER 1000 FEET OF PIPE
GALLONS PER HOUR
Avg.Test
Pressure Nominal Pipe Diameter - in.
psi 4 6 $ ~ 12 14 ~ 18 20 24
200 0.43 0.64 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.48 1.70 1.91 2.12 2.55
175 0.40 0.59 0.80 0.99 1.19 1.39 1.59 1.79 1.98 2.38
150 0.37 0.55 0.74 0.92 1.10 1.29 1.47 1.66 1.84 2.21
125 0.34 0.50 0.67 0.84 1.01 1.18 1.34 1.51 1.68 2.01
100 0.30 0.45 0.60 0.75 0.90 1.05 1.20 1.35 1.50 1.80
._ . 70 0.25 0.38 0.50 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.26 1.51
If the pipe section under test contains pipe of various diameters, the
allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size.
SPEC-7dS.o0i) 3 - J6 74~C+:+)m
c;
i
7
When requested, the Contractor shall furnish a written re rt of the resu
Po Its
of leakage tests, which shall identify the specific test section, the average
pressure, the duration of test, and the amount of leakage.
C
SPEC-745.OGr)
ectrical Conductivity Test -Ductile Iran Watermain
The Contractor shall perform a conductivity test within one week after completion
of pressure testing of the main on all iron pipe water mains.
The Engineer or owner may require the Contractor to test the first section of pipe
installed to demonstrate the Contractors ability to install the pipe in an acceptable t
manner. When the connection to the existing system is not made with a valve, the
Contractor shall test the existing section to the first available valve(s) to determine
the condition of the existing system, or the Contractor may make provisions to test
his work separately, prior to connection to the existing system, in a manner
acceptable to the Engineer. ,
The system (pipeline, valves, fittings and hydrants) shall be tested for electrical
continuity and current capacity. The electrical test shall be made after the
hydrostatic pressure test and while the line is at normal operating pressure.
Backfilling shall have been completed. The line may be tested in sections of
convenient length as approved by the Engineer. '
Direct current of 3~0 amperes plus or minus 10 %, shall be passed through the
pipeline for 5 minutes. Current flow through the pipe shall be measured
continuously on a suitable ammeter and shall remain steady without interruption
or fluctuation throughout the ~-minute test period.
Insufficient current or intermittent current or arcing, indicated by large fluctuation
of the ammeter needle, shall be evidence of defective contact in the pipeline. The '
cause shall be isolated and corrected. Thereafter, the section in which the
defective test occurred shall be retested as a unit and shall meet the requirements.
Sources of D.C. for these tests may be motor generators, arc welding machines,
or other approved sources. All such equipment shall be furnished by the
Contractor.
Cables from the power source to the section of system under test should be of
sufficient size to carry the test current without overheating or excessive voltage
drop.
Note: After the test, the hydrant shall be shut off and a ca loosened to allow
P
hydrant drainage. Tighten cap after drainage.
3 - 37 ~.~sci:~~: ,
D. Trace Wire Test -PVC Watermain
• The Contractor shall perform a conductivity test on all trace wire prior to
acceptance of the watermain system. A low voltage circuit shall be completed with
' the use of a suitable voltage source and meter to ensure continuity of the trace
wire.
' In the event that a closed clamp circuit cannot be completed, the cause shall be
isolated and corrected. Thereafter, the section in which the defective test occurred
' shall be retested as a unit and shall meet the requirements.
E. QperationalInspection
' A
t the completion of the project and in the presence. of the Engineer and the
Contractor, representatives of the Owner shall operate all valves, hydrants, and
' water services to ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order; that all
valve boxes are centered and valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drain
properly; that all curb boxes are plumb and centered; and that water is available
at all curb stops.
' ~ MET HOD OF iyIEAS TRFViENT
' A. Watermain
Watermain of each type and diameter shall be measured separately in linear feet.
' Measurements shall be made along the pipe centerline without deductions in length
for fittings, valves and other specials. Lengths of branches shall be measured from
the centers of connecting pipes to centers of valves or fittings. In the case of
' hydrant leads, the compensation length shall be from the center of the connecting
main to the center of the valve. All length shall be measured in a horizontal plane
unless the grade of the pipe exceeds fifteen percent.
B. Va ves
Valves of each kind and size shall be measured separately as complete units
including the valve box setting.
C. Hydrant With Valve
' Hydrant with valve shall be measured on a per unit basis. The unit includes
hydrant, 6" valve and valve box, 6" pipe between valve and hydrant, crushed rock,
and blocking or restraining devices and hydrant flag.
y
' SPEC-~as.ooo 3'- 38 ~asccom
D. Fitt
Fittings shall be measured on a pound basis of standard weight of fittings as
published in AWWA C110 excluding the weight of glands
gaskets
bolts or other
,
,
accessories. If the C ontractor chooses to use compact ductile iron. fittings, AWWA
C153, measurement compensation for material price and weight differences shall
be per AWWA Cl 10. The fitting weights for payment purposes are provided in
the following table:
DUCTILE-IRON & GRAY-IRON MECHANICAL-JOINT FITTINGS
Weight in Pounds per AWWA C110
Bends ( T-MJ~
9_Q 4~ 22.1/2 11-1/4 eev ~~ ua
4" 55 50 50 50 35 15 15
6" 85 75 75 75 45 25 25
8" 125 110 110 110 65 45 45
10" 180 155 160 160 85 60 65
12" 255 215 220- 220 110 80 85
14" 340 270. 275 275 165 130 120
16" 430 340 345 345 200 175 155
18" 545 420 430 430 240 225 220
20" 680 530 535 540 275 285 255
24" 1025 755 765 770 360 400 390
Reducers
~~ ~ X6 X$ ~4 X12 ~ X1 E ~l $ ~2Q
6" 60 - - - - - - - -
8" 80 95 - - - - - - -
10" 105 115 135 - - - - - -
12" 135 150 165 190 - - - - -
14" - 190 210 230 255 - - - -
16" - .230 250 280 305 335 - - -
18" - - 295 325 350 380 415 - -
20" - - - 375 405 430 470 510. -
`~~" - - - ~ - ...:530 575 615 660 705
SPEC-7-i~.000 3 - 39 7~~000m
Tees
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
20"
~4°
Crosses
a 7
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
20"
24"
115
165
235
315
140
189
260
340
X.~ ~$ xLQ ~? ~ ~ ~1$ ~2 24
125 -
175 185
250 260
325 340
435 450
540 550
590 605
725 735
985 1000
~$
160 -
205 235
285 310
360 385
475 500
575 605
625 655
760 790
1025 1045
310 - -
390 410 -
465 540 585
570 590 710
620 640 755
755 775 795
1020 1030 1055
740 - - -
905 945 - -
945 1140 1185. -
1075 1400 1720 1815
380 - -
460 495 -
540 630 710
645 685 830
685 725 870
820 860 905
1085 1110 1155
895 - - -
1060 1130 - -
1085 1330 1415 -
1200 1590 1965 2155
E. Granular Material
Granular material used as specified shall be measured on a per ton basis. Weight
slips shall be required.
F. B ina
Borings shall be measured in linear feet as specified on the plans or approved by
the Engineer. The water main carrier pipe shall be measured under the water main
item.
G. Water Service Connection
Water service connections shall be measured on a unit basis for each size and type.
The connection shall include the corporation stop, tapping- saddle where required,
curb stop, and curb box.
SPEC-745.000 ~ - 40 745000m
J
H. Service Lines
Service lines shall be measured in lineal feet horizontally from the centerline of the
water main to the end of the service line: Separate measurements shall be made
for each size of service Line required.
I. lat'
Insulation shall be measured by the square foot for the specified thickness.
7. Raise Valve Box
Raising valve boxes for the final lift of bituminous paving shall be measured per
each.
A. Water Main
Water main shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type
and diameter. Payment for the excavation and backfilling of the trench shall be
included in the payment for the water main and testing, as well as any required
dewatering, sheeting or shoring for which separate payment is not provided.
B. Valves
Valves of each type and size shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each,
including installation, valve box and adjustment of the valve box.
C. Hydrant with Valve
Hydrant with valve shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each including
installing hydrant, connecting piece of pipe (between valve and hydrant), valve,
valve box, concrete base, coarse gravel and blocking, hydrant flag, and adjustment
of the hydrant and auxiliary gate valve.
D. Fitti
Fittings shall be paid for at the unit contract price per pound including installation
and blocking.
SPEC-7-i5.OW
3 - 41 ~asooom
E
F
G.
S~ranular Material
Granular material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per ton based on
weight tickets collected at the project site. The price shall include all costs for
delivery, placement and compaction.
~~
Borings shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot of boring for each
type and size of casing pipe specified. The payment per linear foot shall include
the payment for furnishing and installing the casing pipe. The water main carrier
pipe shall be paid for under the appropriate bid item.
Water Service Connect
Water service connection shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each type
and size including corporation stop, curb stop, curb box and tapping saddle where
required.
H. service Lines
Service lines shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type
and size of service line installed.
I. Insulation
J.
Insulation shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square foot.
Raise Valve Box
Raising valve boxes shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each. Payment
shall be compensation for all materials, equipment, and labor to raise the valve box
fo final grade for the final lifr of bituminous paving.
END OF CHAPTER 3
SPEG745.000 j - 4? 7-t~p(',Cm
~;'S
UTII_1TY TEST RE,pORT
Size
Street
From
Manhole
Station
Test Time
Test Press~se
Actual Presszu-e
Pass/Fail
Test Time
Specified Apps
PasslFail
Remarks:
maw_forml0-I 1
Inspector
Hr/MN
PSI
PSI
Min
A~~rIP
~I
Material
To
Manhole
Station
Date Job No.
Project
City
Contractor Owner
Weather Temp _ ~_
p.m.
HYDROSTATIC PF~ISSURE TEST
Hr/Mn Hr/Mn
PSI PSI
PSI PSI
COIv'DUCTIVITY TEST
Min Min
AMP All~iP
EXCAVATION and EMBANKMENT
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK
This work shall consist of constructing all excavation and embankments for buildings,
roadways, drainage and site grading within the property and easements in the project area.
1.02 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS
The following items of related work are covered under other sections:
A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract, and pertinent portions of the Special
Provisions apply to the work of this section.
B. Seeding: Lawns and Grasses
1.03 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
The following publications of the issues listed below, but referred thereafter by basic
designation only, form a part of this specification tQ the extent indicated by the references
thereto:
A. Minnesota Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction, 1995
Edition, including Supplemental Specifications thereto. (MnDOT)
1. MnDOT 2105 -Excavation and Embankment
2. MnDOT 1803.5 -Erosion Control
3. MnDOT 2573 -Temporary Erosion Control
4. MnDOT 2101 -Clearing and Grubbing
B. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, General Contractor's Copy, "General Permit,
Authorization to Discharge Storm Water Associated With a Construction Activity Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System/State Disposal System Permit Program"
(NPDES/SDS permit).
The Contractor shall carefully review the permit and shall implement all conditions listed.
Special conditions have .been identified under the permit for erosion control measures,
inspection and record keeping.
PART 2 -CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
Excavation and borrow materials shall conform to MnDOT 2105.2.
PART 3 -CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
3.01 GENERAL
A. All construction to be done in conformance to MnDOT 2105.2, 2573.3 and 2101.3.
B. Disposal of timber, roots, and other debris shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. No
disposal on the project site shall be allowed.
_i
C. All erosion control barriers shall be installed rior to initiating grading operations.
1
J
D. Protect all existing improvements to remain, including structures, pavements, utilities, '
trees, shrubs, and lawn areas. The Contractor is liable for damage he causes outside of the
"construction limits" designated on the site plan.
E. Construction shall be done in conformance to MnDOT 2105.2 and shall include '
excavation of unsuitable soils. Pumping as required to maintain dry excavations. Protection
of excavations from freezing. Provisions for surface runoff and erosion control. The
Contractor shall complete grading operations in any given area prior to starting another
area.
F. Compaction for embankment materials shall be by the Specified Density Method specified
in MnDOT 2105.3F1. Density tests shall be taken by an Independent Testing Lab, at the
rate of one test per 2 feet of fill placed for every 100 feet of roadway and 10,000 square feet
for building areas.
G. The Contractor shall locate all existing underground utilities prior to excavation. '
H. Before commencing excavation or embankment construction, the Contractor shall
remove all topsoil and sod from street areas and embankment building pads. Sufficient
topsoil shall be salvaged or provided from an off-site source to restore all disturbed areas
with a minimum of 4 inches. The topsoil shall be placed prior to commencing the turf
restoration. The salvaging, stockpiling and placement of the topsoil in excavation areas shall
be incidental to the common excavation (EV) bid item. The stripping of the first one (1) foot
of topsoil in embankment areas has been accounted for in the °common excavation" bid
quantity. If topsoil or unsuitable soil thickness greater than one (1) foot in depth is '
encountered, they shall be removed and reused as described above, the volume measured
and the volume paid for at the same unit price as the common excavation (EV). No
adjustment of the common excavation (EV) bid price shall be allowed for the additional
topsoil '
I. The Contractor shall grade all roadways and parking areas to within plus or minus 0.1 feet.
'
3.02 EXCESS MATERIAL
Excess material not used on the project shall be disposed of on-site by the Contractor, at a
location designated by the Engineer. The Contractor will deliver and stockpile the material to
the location at no additional cost to the Owner. The stockpile shall have slopes no greater ,
than 3:1 upon completion.
PART 4 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The work of this section shall be measured and paid for pursuant to MnDOT 2105, 2573, and 2101, except
where modified below. It shall include the following bid items: '
1. Common excavation: Will be measured by the cubic yard in the original, unexcavated position,
using original ground survey data. Final surveys shall be used for authorized over-depth excavation.
Except for authorized over-depth excavation, no allowance will be made for materials removed
outside of lines and grades shown.
2. Clearing and Grubbing: acre
3. Silt Fence: Linear Feet (LF) '
i~
i
LAWNS AND GRASSES
' PART 1 -GENERAL
' 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK
This work shall consist of the seeding and sodding of all areas disturbed during the
construction process.
' 1.02 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS
The following items of related work are covered under other sections:
' A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of the Special
Provisions apply to the work of this Section.
B. Grading: Excavation and Embankment.
1.03 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
The following publications of the issues listed below, but referred thereafter by basic
' designation only, form a part of this Specification and shall govern except as modified
herein.
A. Minnesota Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction, 1995
' Edition, including Supplemental Specifications thereto. (MnDOT)
1. MnDOT 2575 Turf Establishment
2. MnDOT 3876 Seed
' 3. MnDOT 3878 Sod
4. MnDOT 3882 Mulch Material
5. MnDOT 3886 Silt Fence
' B. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, general contractor's Copy, "General Permit,
Authorization to Discharge Storm Water Associated with a Construction Activity Under the
National Pollutant discharge Elimination system/State Disposal System Permit Program"
' (NPDES/SDS permit).
' PART 2 -MATERIALS
2.01 SEED MIXTURE
' A. The seed mixture to be used on this project shall be Mixture Number 50A per MnDOT
3876 or a dormant seed mixture to be reviewed and approved by the Engineer.
' B. The seed mixture to be used on the mitigated wetland areas shall be a 50-50 mixture with
any two of the following:
1. Reed Canary Grass (FACW+)
2. Wool Rush (OBL)
3. Timothy Grass (FACU)
4. Prairie Cord Grass (OBL)
' 2.02 SOD
Sod shall be the "Lawn and Boulevard Sod" per MnDOT 3878.
2.03 MULCH '
The mulch material shall be Type 1, per MnDOT 3882.
2.04 WOOD FIBER BLANKET
The wood fiber blanket shall be the High Velocity Type per MnDOT 3885.
PART 3 -CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
3.01 GENERAL
All construction activities under this section shall be performed in accordance to MnDOT
2575 except as modified below. '
3.02 SEEDING
Within 48 hours of completion of site grading operations in a given watershed area, all
disturbed areas shall be seeded and mulched. Seed shall be applied at the rate of 50 e
pounds per acre or 50 kg. per hectare. All areas seeded shall be mulched and disk
anchored, unless wood fiber blanket is placed.
3.03 FERTILIZER
All areas seeded shall be fertilized. The fertilizers shall be dry and shall contain available
nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash in proportions which will supply the minimum quantities
of these plant foods. '
3.04 BLACK DIRT
All placement of black dirt behind curbing shall be done prior to paving. '
The Contractor shall be aware that the quantities of sod and seed used next to the curb shall
be at the Owner's discretion and that they may be changed or deleted with no change in the
unit price. '
PART 4 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT '
The work of this section shall be measured and paid for pursuant to MnDOT 2575. It shall include the
following bid items:
1. Seeding (acre - ac)
2. Mulch Material, Type 1 (ton)
3. Disk Anchoring (acre - ac)
4. Wood Fiber Blankets, Type High Velocity: Square Yard (s.y.)
5. Sod (square yard - s.y.)
The Contractor shall have the topsoil tested to determine the type and application rate of fertilizers to use. For '
bidding purposes, the Contractor shall use an application rate of 300 pounds per acre of a 20-10-10 fertilizer.
C